kernel/linux
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux.git/ synced 2026-10-16 22:39:48 +00:00
Code Issues Releases Packages Activity
linux/net/mac80211/rx.c

2621 lines
72 KiB
Raw Normal View History

[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
net/mac80211/: Use time_* macros The functions time_before, time_before_eq, time_after, and time_after_eq are more robust for comparing jiffies against other values. So following patch implements usage of the time_after() macro, defined at linux/jiffies.h, which deals with wrapping correctly Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-14 17:36:47 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix race conditions with keys During receive processing, we select the key long before using it and because there's no locking it is possible that we kfree() the key after having selected it but before using it for crypto operations. Obviously, this is bad. Secondly, during transmit processing, there are two possible races: We have a similar race between select_key() and using it for encryption, but we also have a race here between select_key() and hardware encryption (both when a key is removed.) This patch solves these issues by using RCU: when a key is to be freed, we first remove the pointer from the appropriate places (sdata->keys, sdata->default_key, sta->key) using rcu_assign_pointer() and then synchronize_rcu(). Then, we can safely kfree() the key and remove it from the hardware. There's a window here where the hardware may still be using it for decryption, but we can't work around that without having two hardware callbacks, one to disable the key for RX and one to disable it for TX; but the worst thing that will happen is that we receive a packet decrypted that we don't find a key for any more and then drop it. When we add a key, we first need to upload it to the hardware and then, using rcu_assign_pointer() again, link it into our structures. In the code using keys (TX/RX paths) we use rcu_dereference() to get the key and enclose the whole tx/rx section in a rcu_read_lock() ... rcu_read_unlock() block. Because we've uploaded the key to hardware before linking it into internal structures, we can guarantee that it is valid once get to into tx(). One possible race condition remains, however: when we have hardware acceleration enabled and the driver shuts down the queues, we end up queueing the frame. If now somebody removes the key, the key will be removed from hwaccel and then then driver will be asked to encrypt the frame with a key index that has been removed. Hence, drivers will need to be aware that the hw_key_index they are passed might not be under all circumstances. Most drivers will, however, simply ignore that condition and encrypt the frame with the selected key anyway, this only results in a frame being encrypted with a wrong key or dropped (rightfully) because the key was not valid. There isn't much we can do about it unless we want to walk the pending frame queue every time a key is removed and remove all frames that used it. This race condition, however, will most likely be solved once we add multiqueue support to mac80211 because then frames will be queued further up the stack instead of after being processed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:24 -04:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 18:52:52 +02:00
mac80211: rename files This patch renames all mac80211 files (except ieee80211_i.h) to get rid of the useless ieee80211_ prefix. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-08 15:14:40 -04:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: rx.c use new frame control helpers Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-22 16:45:29 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: rx.c use new helpers Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-11 14:21:59 -07:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: remove HW_SIGNAL_DB Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a little fishy anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-30 11:13:06 +01:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 00:26:10 +01:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200 mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible code was added that tried to align the radiotap header position in memory based on the radiotap header length. Quite obviously, that is completely useless. Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that, we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header packed, but that is fine since it's already packed (and it should be marked packed anyway since its a wire format). Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 09:58:52 +01:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200 mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible code was added that tried to align the radiotap header position in memory based on the radiotap header length. Quite obviously, that is completely useless. Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that, we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header packed, but that is fine since it's already packed (and it should be marked packed anyway since its a wire format). Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 09:58:52 +01:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
wireless: radiotap updates Radiotap was updated to include a "bad PLCP" flag and standardise the "bad FCS" flag in the "flags" rather than "RX flags" field, this patch updates Linux to that standard. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-13 12:52:10 +01:00
mac80211: add rx status flag for short preamble and use it for the radiotap header Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-30 17:19:55 +02:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-12 14:38:33 +02:00
mac80211: Remove radiotap rate-present flag for HT Since we do not currently report HT rates (MCS index) in radiotap header for HT rates, we should not claim the rate is present. The rate octet itself is used as padding in this case, so only the it_present flag needs to be removed in case of HT rates. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-15 10:37:50 +02:00
mac80211: Fix radiotap header it_present on big endian CPUs When the IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_RATE flag was moved to be conditional, it was mistakenly left without cpu_to_le32(). Fix that. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-10 11:47:33 +02:00
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-12 14:38:33 +02:00
mac80211: Remove radiotap rate-present flag for HT Since we do not currently report HT rates (MCS index) in radiotap header for HT rates, we should not claim the rate is present. The rate octet itself is used as padding in this case, so only the it_present flag needs to be removed in case of HT rates. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-15 10:37:50 +02:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200 mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible code was added that tried to align the radiotap header position in memory based on the radiotap header length. Quite obviously, that is completely useless. Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that, we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header packed, but that is fine since it's already packed (and it should be marked packed anyway since its a wire format). Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 09:58:52 +01:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200 mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible code was added that tried to align the radiotap header position in memory based on the radiotap header length. Quite obviously, that is completely useless. Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that, we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header packed, but that is fine since it's already packed (and it should be marked packed anyway since its a wire format). Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 09:58:52 +01:00
mac80211: improve rate handling Some code currently assumes that there's a valid rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where it's needed. Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't present in the regular monitor radiotap either.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:21 +01:00
mac80211: radiotap: assume modulation from rates use the rates ERP flag to derive CCK or OFDM modulation for the radiotap header. (it might be more correct to get this information from the hardware itself, but it seems safe to assume this in most practical cases.) Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-30 17:20:06 +02:00
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200 mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible code was added that tried to align the radiotap header position in memory based on the radiotap header length. Quite obviously, that is completely useless. Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that, we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header packed, but that is fine since it's already packed (and it should be marked packed anyway since its a wire format). Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 09:58:52 +01:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200 mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible code was added that tried to align the radiotap header position in memory based on the radiotap header length. Quite obviously, that is completely useless. Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that, we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header packed, but that is fine since it's already packed (and it should be marked packed anyway since its a wire format). Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 09:58:52 +01:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200 mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible code was added that tried to align the radiotap header position in memory based on the radiotap header length. Quite obviously, that is completely useless. Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that, we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header packed, but that is fine since it's already packed (and it should be marked packed anyway since its a wire format). Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 09:58:52 +01:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
wireless: radiotap updates Radiotap was updated to include a "bad PLCP" flag and standardise the "bad FCS" flag in the "flags" rather than "RX flags" field, this patch updates Linux to that standard. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-13 12:52:10 +01:00
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200 mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible code was added that tried to align the radiotap header position in memory based on the radiotap header length. Quite obviously, that is completely useless. Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that, we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header packed, but that is fine since it's already packed (and it should be marked packed anyway since its a wire format). Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 09:58:52 +01:00
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-08 19:22:43 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: conditionally include timestamp in radiotap information This makes mac80211 include the low-level MAC timestamp in the radiotap header if the driver indicated (by a new RX flag) that the timestamp is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-11 21:33:42 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 10:03:35 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:27 +01:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_sdata_running Instead of always using netif_running(sdata->dev) use ieee80211_sdata_running(sdata) now which is just an inline containing netif_running() for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:31 +01:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move QOS control helpers into ieee80211.h Also remove the WLAN_IS_QOS_DATA inline after removing the last two users. This starts moving away from using rx->fc to using the header frame_control directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 11:05:34 -07:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move QOS control helpers into ieee80211.h Also remove the WLAN_IS_QOS_DATA inline after removing the last two users. This starts moving away from using rx->fc to using the header frame_control directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 11:05:34 -07:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move QOS control helpers into ieee80211.h Also remove the WLAN_IS_QOS_DATA inline after removing the last two users. This starts moving away from using rx->fc to using the header frame_control directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 11:05:34 -07:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: fix RX sequence number check According to 802.11-2007, we are doing the wrong thing in the sequence number checks when receiving frames. This fixes it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-10 10:11:02 +02:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix bug for per-sta stats pre_rx handlers can't really touch sta since for IBSS it might not be assigned yet, it can create sta info structs on-the-fly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: dissolve pre-rx handlers These handlers do not really return a status and the compiler can do a much better job when they're simply static functions that it can inline if appropriate. Also makes the code shorter. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-29 17:07:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 00:26:10 +01:00
mac80211: remove payload alignment warning The payload alignment warning enabled by MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is difficult. To fix it, a firmware change is needed but in most cases that's very difficult. So the benefit from the warning is low and most probably it just creates more confusion for people who just enable all warnings (like it did for me). Remove the unaligned IP payload warning and the kconfig option. But leave the unaligned packet warning, it will be enabled with MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-17 13:54:57 +01:00
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 00:26:10 +01:00
mac80211: dissolve pre-rx handlers These handlers do not really return a status and the compiler can do a much better job when they're simply static functions that it can inline if appropriate. Also makes the code shorter. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-29 17:07:43 +01:00
mac80211: remove payload alignment warning The payload alignment warning enabled by MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is difficult. To fix it, a firmware change is needed but in most cases that's very difficult. So the benefit from the warning is low and most probably it just creates more confusion for people who just enable all warnings (like it did for me). Remove the unaligned IP payload warning and the kconfig option. But leave the unaligned packet warning, it will be enabled with MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-17 13:54:57 +01:00
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 00:26:10 +01:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-24 13:36:39 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: Replace {sw, hw}_scanning variables with a bitfield Use a bitfield to store the current scan mode instead of two boolean variables {sw,hw}_scanning. This patch does not introduce functional changes but allows us to enhance the scan flags later (for example for background scanning). Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-23 12:14:04 +02:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: hardware scan rework The scan code in mac80211 makes the software scan assumption in various places. For example, we stop the Tx queue during a software scan so that all the Tx packets will be queued by the stack. We also drop frames not related to scan in the software scan process. But these are not true for hardware scan. Some wireless hardwares (for example iwl3945/4965) has the ability to perform the whole scan process by hardware and/or firmware. The hardware scan is relative powerful in that it tries to maintain normal network traffic while doing a scan in the background. Some drivers (i.e iwlwifi) do provide a way to tune the hardware scan parameters (for example if the STA is associated, what's the max time could the STA leave from the associated channel, how long the scans get suspended after returning to the service channel, etc). But basically this is transparent to the stack. mac80211 should not stop Tx queues or drop Rx packets during a hardware scan. This patch resolves the above problem by spliting the current scan indicator local->sta_scanning into local->sta_sw_scanning and local->sta_hw_scanning. It then changes the scan related code to be aware of hardware scan or software scan in various places. With this patch, iwlwifi performs much better in the scan-while-associated condition and disable_hw_scan=1 should never be required. Cc: Mohamed Abbas <mohamed.abbas@intel.com> Cc: Ben Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 10:53:21 +08:00
mac80211: implement basic background scanning Introduce a new scan flag "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL" which basically tells us that we are currently on a different channel for scanning and cannot RX/TX. "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" tells us that we are currently running a software scan but we might as well be on the operating channel to RX/TX. While "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" is set during the whole scan "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL" is set when leaving the operating channel and unset when coming back. Introduce two new scan states "SCAN_LEAVE_OPER_CHANNEL" and "SCAN_ENTER_OPER_CHANNEL" which basically implement the functionality we need to leave the operating channel (send a nullfunc to the AP and stop the queues) and enter it again (send a nullfunc to the AP and start the queues again). Enhance the scan state "SCAN_DECISION" to switch back to the operating channel after each scanned channel. In the future it sould be simple to enhance the decision state to scan as much channels in a row as the qos latency allows us. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-23 13:18:01 +02:00
mac80211: hardware scan rework The scan code in mac80211 makes the software scan assumption in various places. For example, we stop the Tx queue during a software scan so that all the Tx packets will be queued by the stack. We also drop frames not related to scan in the software scan process. But these are not true for hardware scan. Some wireless hardwares (for example iwl3945/4965) has the ability to perform the whole scan process by hardware and/or firmware. The hardware scan is relative powerful in that it tries to maintain normal network traffic while doing a scan in the background. Some drivers (i.e iwlwifi) do provide a way to tune the hardware scan parameters (for example if the STA is associated, what's the max time could the STA leave from the associated channel, how long the scans get suspended after returning to the service channel, etc). But basically this is transparent to the stack. mac80211 should not stop Tx queues or drop Rx packets during a hardware scan. This patch resolves the above problem by spliting the current scan indicator local->sta_scanning into local->sta_sw_scanning and local->sta_hw_scanning. It then changes the scan related code to be aware of hardware scan or software scan in various places. With this patch, iwlwifi performs much better in the scan-while-associated condition and disable_hw_scan=1 should never be required. Cc: Mohamed Abbas <mohamed.abbas@intel.com> Cc: Ben Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 10:53:21 +08:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: hardware scan rework The scan code in mac80211 makes the software scan assumption in various places. For example, we stop the Tx queue during a software scan so that all the Tx packets will be queued by the stack. We also drop frames not related to scan in the software scan process. But these are not true for hardware scan. Some wireless hardwares (for example iwl3945/4965) has the ability to perform the whole scan process by hardware and/or firmware. The hardware scan is relative powerful in that it tries to maintain normal network traffic while doing a scan in the background. Some drivers (i.e iwlwifi) do provide a way to tune the hardware scan parameters (for example if the STA is associated, what's the max time could the STA leave from the associated channel, how long the scans get suspended after returning to the service channel, etc). But basically this is transparent to the stack. mac80211 should not stop Tx queues or drop Rx packets during a hardware scan. This patch resolves the above problem by spliting the current scan indicator local->sta_scanning into local->sta_sw_scanning and local->sta_hw_scanning. It then changes the scan related code to be aware of hardware scan or software scan in various places. With this patch, iwlwifi performs much better in the scan-while-associated condition and disable_hw_scan=1 should never be required. Cc: Mohamed Abbas <mohamed.abbas@intel.com> Cc: Ben Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 10:53:21 +08:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:02 +02:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: clean up mesh RX path a bit more Moves another ifdef into the sta_info header file in favour of compiling more code even w/o CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:24:38 +01:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: Use 3-address format for mesh broadcast frames. The 11s task group recently changed the frame mesh multicast/broadcast frame format to use 3-address. This was done to avoid interactions with widely deployed lazy-WDS access points. This patch changes the format of group addressed frames, both mesh-originated and proxied, to use the data format defined in draft D2.08 and forward. The address fields used for group addressed frames is: In 802.11 header ToDS:0 FromDS:1 addr1: DA (broadcast/multicast address) addr2: TA addr3: Mesh SA In address extension header: addr4: SA (only present if frame was proxied) Note that this change breaks backward compatibility with earlier mesh stack versions. Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-10 12:15:48 -07:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: add PLINK_ prefix and kernel doc to enum plink_state Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-29 15:46:08 -08:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: clean up mesh RX path a bit more Moves another ifdef into the sta_info header file in favour of compiling more code even w/o CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:24:38 +01:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: Moved mesh action codes to a more visible location Grouped mesh action codes together with the other action codes in ieee80211.h. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 11:00:21 -07:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: Use 3-address format for mesh broadcast frames. The 11s task group recently changed the frame mesh multicast/broadcast frame format to use 3-address. This was done to avoid interactions with widely deployed lazy-WDS access points. This patch changes the format of group addressed frames, both mesh-originated and proxied, to use the data format defined in draft D2.08 and forward. The address fields used for group addressed frames is: In 802.11 header ToDS:0 FromDS:1 addr1: DA (broadcast/multicast address) addr2: TA addr3: Mesh SA In address extension header: addr4: SA (only present if frame was proxied) Note that this change breaks backward compatibility with earlier mesh stack versions. Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-10 12:15:48 -07:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: clean up mesh code Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:19 +01:00
mac80211: clean up mesh RX path a bit more Moves another ifdef into the sta_info header file in favour of compiling more code even w/o CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:24:38 +01:00
mac80211: clean up mesh code Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:19 +01:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: fix reorder buffer release My patch "mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code" uses an skb queue for MPDUs that were released from the buffer. I intentially didn't initialise and use the skb queue's spinlock, but in this place forgot that the code variant that doesn't touch the spinlock is needed. Thanks to Christian Lamparter for quickly spotting the bug in the backtrace Reinette reported. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Bug-identified-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Tested-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-12-04 14:25:43 -08:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: clean up/fix aggregation code The aggregation code has a number of quirks, like inventing an unneeded WLAN_BACK_TIMER value and leaking memory under certain circumstances during station destruction. Fix these issues by using the regular aggregation session teardown code and blocking new aggregation sessions, all before the station is really destructed. As a side effect, this gets rid of the long code block to destroy aggregation safely. Additionally, rename tid_state_rx which can only have the values IDLE and OPERATIONAL to tid_active_rx to make it easier to understand that there is no bitwise stuff going on on the RX side -- the TX side remains because it needs to keep track of the driver and peer states. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:47 +02:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: remove ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session All callers of ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session can just call __ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session instead because they already have the station struct, so do that and remove ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:45 +02:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:16 +01:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: clean up some comments Some comments refer to 80211.o or similar; also remove a comment about implementing fragments better, we really have better things to do. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:56 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: clean up mesh code Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:19 +01:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: proper STA info locking As discussed earlier, we can unify locking in struct sta_info and use just a single spinlock protecting all members of the structure that need protection. Many don't, but one of the especially bad ones is the 'flags' member that can currently be clobbered when RX and TX is being processed on different CPUs at the same time. Because having four spinlocks for different, mostly exclusive parts of a single structure is overkill, this patch also kills the ampdu and mesh plink spinlocks and uses just a single one for everything. Because none of the spinlocks are nested, this is safe. It remains to be seen whether or not we should make the sta flags use atomic bit operations instead, for now though this is a safe thing and using atomic operations instead will be very simple using the new static inline functions this patch introduces for accessing sta->flags. Since spin_lock_bh() is used with this lock, there shouldn't be any contention even if aggregation is enabled at around the same time as both requires frame transmission/reception which is in a bh context. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Tomas Winkler <tomasw@gmail.com> Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-03 01:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split ieee80211_rx_h_check handler The ieee80211_rx_h_check handler really does two things, it's a lot easier to understand if it's split into ieee80211_rx_h_check and ieee80211_rx_h_load_key, and it may be possible in the future to optimise the key loading to not do it for each interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split ieee80211_rx_h_check handler The ieee80211_rx_h_check handler really does two things, it's a lot easier to understand if it's split into ieee80211_rx_h_check and ieee80211_rx_h_load_key, and it may be possible in the future to optimise the key loading to not do it for each interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: fix paged RX crypto WEP crypto was broken, but upon finding the problem it is evident that other things were broken by the paged RX patch as well. To fix it, for now move the linearising in front. This means that we linearise all frames, which is not at all what we want, but at least it fixes the problem for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 11:26:56 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: fix race conditions with keys During receive processing, we select the key long before using it and because there's no locking it is possible that we kfree() the key after having selected it but before using it for crypto operations. Obviously, this is bad. Secondly, during transmit processing, there are two possible races: We have a similar race between select_key() and using it for encryption, but we also have a race here between select_key() and hardware encryption (both when a key is removed.) This patch solves these issues by using RCU: when a key is to be freed, we first remove the pointer from the appropriate places (sdata->keys, sdata->default_key, sta->key) using rcu_assign_pointer() and then synchronize_rcu(). Then, we can safely kfree() the key and remove it from the hardware. There's a window here where the hardware may still be using it for decryption, but we can't work around that without having two hardware callbacks, one to disable the key for RX and one to disable it for TX; but the worst thing that will happen is that we receive a packet decrypted that we don't find a key for any more and then drop it. When we add a key, we first need to upload it to the hardware and then, using rcu_assign_pointer() again, link it into our structures. In the code using keys (TX/RX paths) we use rcu_dereference() to get the key and enclose the whole tx/rx section in a rcu_read_lock() ... rcu_read_unlock() block. Because we've uploaded the key to hardware before linking it into internal structures, we can guarantee that it is valid once get to into tx(). One possible race condition remains, however: when we have hardware acceleration enabled and the driver shuts down the queues, we end up queueing the frame. If now somebody removes the key, the key will be removed from hwaccel and then then driver will be asked to encrypt the frame with a key index that has been removed. Hence, drivers will need to be aware that the hw_key_index they are passed might not be under all circumstances. Most drivers will, however, simply ignore that condition and encrypt the frame with the selected key anyway, this only results in a frame being encrypted with a wrong key or dropped (rightfully) because the key was not valid. There isn't much we can do about it unless we want to walk the pending frame queue every time a key is removed and remove all frames that used it. This race condition, however, will most likely be solved once we add multiqueue support to mac80211 because then frames will be queued further up the stack instead of after being processed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:24 -04:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:02 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split ieee80211_rx_h_check handler The ieee80211_rx_h_check handler really does two things, it's a lot easier to understand if it's split into ieee80211_rx_h_check and ieee80211_rx_h_load_key, and it may be possible in the future to optimise the key loading to not do it for each interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:02 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:02 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:02 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
[MAC80211]: improve key selection comment When I changed the code there I forgot to mention what happens with multicast frames in a regular BSS and keep wondering myself if the code is correct. Add appropriate comments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
[MAC80211]: improve key selection comment When I changed the code there I forgot to mention what happens with multicast frames in a regular BSS and keep wondering myself if the code is correct. Add appropriate comments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
[MAC80211]: consolidate decryption more Currently, we have three RX handlers doing the decryption. This patch changes it to have only one handler doing everything, thereby getting rid of many duplicate checks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> -- net/mac80211/rx.c | 46 ++++++++++++---------------------------------- 1 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 34 deletions(-)
2007-09-26 17:53:15 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: fix paged RX crypto WEP crypto was broken, but upon finding the problem it is evident that other things were broken by the paged RX patch as well. To fix it, for now move the linearising in front. This means that we linearise all frames, which is not at all what we want, but at least it fixes the problem for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-07 11:26:56 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
[MAC80211]: fix race conditions with keys During receive processing, we select the key long before using it and because there's no locking it is possible that we kfree() the key after having selected it but before using it for crypto operations. Obviously, this is bad. Secondly, during transmit processing, there are two possible races: We have a similar race between select_key() and using it for encryption, but we also have a race here between select_key() and hardware encryption (both when a key is removed.) This patch solves these issues by using RCU: when a key is to be freed, we first remove the pointer from the appropriate places (sdata->keys, sdata->default_key, sta->key) using rcu_assign_pointer() and then synchronize_rcu(). Then, we can safely kfree() the key and remove it from the hardware. There's a window here where the hardware may still be using it for decryption, but we can't work around that without having two hardware callbacks, one to disable the key for RX and one to disable it for TX; but the worst thing that will happen is that we receive a packet decrypted that we don't find a key for any more and then drop it. When we add a key, we first need to upload it to the hardware and then, using rcu_assign_pointer() again, link it into our structures. In the code using keys (TX/RX paths) we use rcu_dereference() to get the key and enclose the whole tx/rx section in a rcu_read_lock() ... rcu_read_unlock() block. Because we've uploaded the key to hardware before linking it into internal structures, we can guarantee that it is valid once get to into tx(). One possible race condition remains, however: when we have hardware acceleration enabled and the driver shuts down the queues, we end up queueing the frame. If now somebody removes the key, the key will be removed from hwaccel and then then driver will be asked to encrypt the frame with a key index that has been removed. Hence, drivers will need to be aware that the hw_key_index they are passed might not be under all circumstances. Most drivers will, however, simply ignore that condition and encrypt the frame with the selected key anyway, this only results in a frame being encrypted with a wrong key or dropped (rightfully) because the key was not valid. There isn't much we can do about it unless we want to walk the pending frame queue every time a key is removed and remove all frames that used it. This race condition, however, will most likely be solved once we add multiqueue support to mac80211 because then frames will be queued further up the stack instead of after being processed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:24 -04:00
mac80211: Drop unencrypted frames based on key setup When using nl80211, we do not have a mechanism to set sdata->drop_unencrypted. Currently, this breaks code that is supposed to drop unencrypted frames when protection is expected since ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() is optimized to not set rx->key when the frame is not protected. This patch modifies ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() to set rx->key for all frames and only skip decryption if the frame is not protected. This allows ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to correctly drop frames even if drop_unencrypted is not set. The changes here are not enough to handle all cases, though. Additional patches will be needed to implement proper IEEE 802.1X PAE for station mode (currently, this is only used for AP mode) and some additional rules are needed for MFP to drop unprotected Robust Action frames prior to having PTK and IGTK configured. In theory, the unprotected frames could and should be dropped in ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt(). However, due to the special case with EAPOL frames that have to be allowed to be received unprotected even when keys are set, it is simpler to only set rx->key and allow the ieee80211_frame_allowed() function to handle the actual dropping of data frames after 802.11->802.3 header conversion. In addition, unprotected robust management frames are dropped before they are processed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-08 12:34:10 +03:00
[MAC80211]: fix race conditions with keys During receive processing, we select the key long before using it and because there's no locking it is possible that we kfree() the key after having selected it but before using it for crypto operations. Obviously, this is bad. Secondly, during transmit processing, there are two possible races: We have a similar race between select_key() and using it for encryption, but we also have a race here between select_key() and hardware encryption (both when a key is removed.) This patch solves these issues by using RCU: when a key is to be freed, we first remove the pointer from the appropriate places (sdata->keys, sdata->default_key, sta->key) using rcu_assign_pointer() and then synchronize_rcu(). Then, we can safely kfree() the key and remove it from the hardware. There's a window here where the hardware may still be using it for decryption, but we can't work around that without having two hardware callbacks, one to disable the key for RX and one to disable it for TX; but the worst thing that will happen is that we receive a packet decrypted that we don't find a key for any more and then drop it. When we add a key, we first need to upload it to the hardware and then, using rcu_assign_pointer() again, link it into our structures. In the code using keys (TX/RX paths) we use rcu_dereference() to get the key and enclose the whole tx/rx section in a rcu_read_lock() ... rcu_read_unlock() block. Because we've uploaded the key to hardware before linking it into internal structures, we can guarantee that it is valid once get to into tx(). One possible race condition remains, however: when we have hardware acceleration enabled and the driver shuts down the queues, we end up queueing the frame. If now somebody removes the key, the key will be removed from hwaccel and then then driver will be asked to encrypt the frame with a key index that has been removed. Hence, drivers will need to be aware that the hw_key_index they are passed might not be under all circumstances. Most drivers will, however, simply ignore that condition and encrypt the frame with the selected key anyway, this only results in a frame being encrypted with a wrong key or dropped (rightfully) because the key was not valid. There isn't much we can do about it unless we want to walk the pending frame queue every time a key is removed and remove all frames that used it. This race condition, however, will most likely be solved once we add multiqueue support to mac80211 because then frames will be queued further up the stack instead of after being processed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:24 -04:00
mac80211: Drop unencrypted frames based on key setup When using nl80211, we do not have a mechanism to set sdata->drop_unencrypted. Currently, this breaks code that is supposed to drop unencrypted frames when protection is expected since ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() is optimized to not set rx->key when the frame is not protected. This patch modifies ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() to set rx->key for all frames and only skip decryption if the frame is not protected. This allows ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to correctly drop frames even if drop_unencrypted is not set. The changes here are not enough to handle all cases, though. Additional patches will be needed to implement proper IEEE 802.1X PAE for station mode (currently, this is only used for AP mode) and some additional rules are needed for MFP to drop unprotected Robust Action frames prior to having PTK and IGTK configured. In theory, the unprotected frames could and should be dropped in ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt(). However, due to the special case with EAPOL frames that have to be allowed to be received unprotected even when keys are set, it is simpler to only set rx->key and allow the ieee80211_frame_allowed() function to handle the actual dropping of data frames after 802.11->802.3 header conversion. In addition, unprotected robust management frames are dropped before they are processed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-08 12:34:10 +03:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:02 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:02 +02:00
mac80211: Drop unencrypted frames based on key setup When using nl80211, we do not have a mechanism to set sdata->drop_unencrypted. Currently, this breaks code that is supposed to drop unencrypted frames when protection is expected since ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() is optimized to not set rx->key when the frame is not protected. This patch modifies ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() to set rx->key for all frames and only skip decryption if the frame is not protected. This allows ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to correctly drop frames even if drop_unencrypted is not set. The changes here are not enough to handle all cases, though. Additional patches will be needed to implement proper IEEE 802.1X PAE for station mode (currently, this is only used for AP mode) and some additional rules are needed for MFP to drop unprotected Robust Action frames prior to having PTK and IGTK configured. In theory, the unprotected frames could and should be dropped in ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt(). However, due to the special case with EAPOL frames that have to be allowed to be received unprotected even when keys are set, it is simpler to only set rx->key and allow the ieee80211_frame_allowed() function to handle the actual dropping of data frames after 802.11->802.3 header conversion. In addition, unprotected robust management frames are dropped before they are processed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-08 12:34:10 +03:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
[MAC80211]: fix race conditions with keys During receive processing, we select the key long before using it and because there's no locking it is possible that we kfree() the key after having selected it but before using it for crypto operations. Obviously, this is bad. Secondly, during transmit processing, there are two possible races: We have a similar race between select_key() and using it for encryption, but we also have a race here between select_key() and hardware encryption (both when a key is removed.) This patch solves these issues by using RCU: when a key is to be freed, we first remove the pointer from the appropriate places (sdata->keys, sdata->default_key, sta->key) using rcu_assign_pointer() and then synchronize_rcu(). Then, we can safely kfree() the key and remove it from the hardware. There's a window here where the hardware may still be using it for decryption, but we can't work around that without having two hardware callbacks, one to disable the key for RX and one to disable it for TX; but the worst thing that will happen is that we receive a packet decrypted that we don't find a key for any more and then drop it. When we add a key, we first need to upload it to the hardware and then, using rcu_assign_pointer() again, link it into our structures. In the code using keys (TX/RX paths) we use rcu_dereference() to get the key and enclose the whole tx/rx section in a rcu_read_lock() ... rcu_read_unlock() block. Because we've uploaded the key to hardware before linking it into internal structures, we can guarantee that it is valid once get to into tx(). One possible race condition remains, however: when we have hardware acceleration enabled and the driver shuts down the queues, we end up queueing the frame. If now somebody removes the key, the key will be removed from hwaccel and then then driver will be asked to encrypt the frame with a key index that has been removed. Hence, drivers will need to be aware that the hw_key_index they are passed might not be under all circumstances. Most drivers will, however, simply ignore that condition and encrypt the frame with the selected key anyway, this only results in a frame being encrypted with a wrong key or dropped (rightfully) because the key was not valid. There isn't much we can do about it unless we want to walk the pending frame queue every time a key is removed and remove all frames that used it. This race condition, however, will most likely be solved once we add multiqueue support to mac80211 because then frames will be queued further up the stack instead of after being processed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:24 -04:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
[MAC80211]: embed key conf in key, fix driver interface This patch embeds the struct ieee80211_key_conf into struct ieee80211_key and thus avoids allocations and having data present twice. This required some more changes: 1) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TX_KEY key flag. This flag isn't used by drivers nor should it be since we have a set_key_idx() callback. Maybe that callback needs to be extended to include the key conf, but only a driver that requires it will tell. 2) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY key flag. This flag is global, so it shouldn't be passed in the key conf structure. Pass it to the function instead. Also, this patch removes the AID parameter to the set_key() callback because it is currently unused and the hardware currently cannot know about the AID anyway. I suspect this was used with some hardware that actually selected the AID itself, but that functionality was removed. Additionally, I've removed the ALG_NULL key algorithm since we have ALG_NONE. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:54 -04:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: remove key threshold stuff This patch removes the key threshold stuff from mac80211. I have patches for later that add it as a per-key setting to nl/cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 01:29:25 -04:00
[MAC80211]: consolidate decryption more Currently, we have three RX handlers doing the decryption. This patch changes it to have only one handler doing everything, thereby getting rid of many duplicate checks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> -- net/mac80211/rx.c | 46 ++++++++++++---------------------------------- 1 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 34 deletions(-)
2007-09-26 17:53:15 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: move sta_process rx handler later This moves the sta_process RX handler to after decryption so that frames that cannot be decrypted don't influence statistics, it is likely that they were injected or something else is totally wrong. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-26 17:53:14 +02:00
[MAC80211]: consolidate decryption more Currently, we have three RX handlers doing the decryption. This patch changes it to have only one handler doing everything, thereby getting rid of many duplicate checks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> -- net/mac80211/rx.c | 46 ++++++++++++---------------------------------- 1 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 34 deletions(-)
2007-09-26 17:53:15 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: consolidate decryption more Currently, we have three RX handlers doing the decryption. This patch changes it to have only one handler doing everything, thereby getting rid of many duplicate checks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> -- net/mac80211/rx.c | 46 ++++++++++++---------------------------------- 1 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 34 deletions(-)
2007-09-26 17:53:15 +02:00
[MAC80211]: move sta_process rx handler later This moves the sta_process RX handler to after decryption so that frames that cannot be decrypted don't influence statistics, it is likely that they were injected or something else is totally wrong. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-26 17:53:14 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: Defer setting of RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED. The decryption handlers will skip the frame if the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag is set, so the early flag setting introduced by Johannes breaks decryption. To work around this, call the handlers first and then set the flag. Signed-off-by: Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-10-07 16:35:31 +02:00
[MAC80211]: move sta_process rx handler later This moves the sta_process RX handler to after decryption so that frames that cannot be decrypted don't influence statistics, it is likely that they were injected or something else is totally wrong. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-26 17:53:14 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: Defer setting of RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED. The decryption handlers will skip the frame if the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag is set, so the early flag setting introduced by Johannes breaks decryption. To work around this, call the handlers first and then set the flag. Signed-off-by: Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-10-07 16:35:31 +02:00
[MAC80211]: move sta_process rx handler later This moves the sta_process RX handler to after decryption so that frames that cannot be decrypted don't influence statistics, it is likely that they were injected or something else is totally wrong. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-26 17:53:14 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: Defer setting of RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED. The decryption handlers will skip the frame if the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag is set, so the early flag setting introduced by Johannes breaks decryption. To work around this, call the handlers first and then set the flag. Signed-off-by: Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-10-07 16:35:31 +02:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:02 +02:00
[MAC80211]: move sta_process rx handler later This moves the sta_process RX handler to after decryption so that frames that cannot be decrypted don't influence statistics, it is likely that they were injected or something else is totally wrong. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-26 17:53:14 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: Defer setting of RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED. The decryption handlers will skip the frame if the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag is set, so the early flag setting introduced by Johannes breaks decryption. To work around this, call the handlers first and then set the flag. Signed-off-by: Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-10-07 16:35:31 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: Defer setting of RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED. The decryption handlers will skip the frame if the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag is set, so the early flag setting introduced by Johannes breaks decryption. To work around this, call the handlers first and then set the flag. Signed-off-by: Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-10-07 16:35:31 +02:00
[MAC80211]: move sta_process rx handler later This moves the sta_process RX handler to after decryption so that frames that cannot be decrypted don't influence statistics, it is likely that they were injected or something else is totally wrong. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-26 17:53:14 +02:00
mac80211: use ps-poll when dynamic power save mode is disabled When a directed tim bit is set, mac80211 currently disables power save ands sends a null frame to the AP. But if dynamic power save is disabled, mac80211 will not enable power save ever gain. Fix this by adding ps-poll functionality to mac80211. When a directed tim bit is set, mac80211 sends a ps-poll frame to the AP and checks for the more data bit in the returned data frames. Using ps-poll is slower than waking up with null frame, but it's saves more power in cases where the traffic is low. Userspace can control if either ps-poll or null wakeup method is used by enabling and disabling dynamic power save. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-10 17:09:31 +02:00
mac80211: make master iface not wireless There's no need to register the master netdev with cfg80211, in fact, this is quite dangerous and lead to having to add checks for the master interface all over the config handlers. This patch removes the "ieee80211_ptr" from the master iface in favour of having a small netdev_priv() associated with the master interface that stores the ieee80211_local pointer. Because of this, a lot of code in the configuration handlers can go away. To make this patch easier to verify I have also removed a number of wiphy_priv() calls in favour of getting the sdata first and then the local pointer from that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-16 14:18:59 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: make master iface not wireless There's no need to register the master netdev with cfg80211, in fact, this is quite dangerous and lead to having to add checks for the master interface all over the config handlers. This patch removes the "ieee80211_ptr" from the master iface in favour of having a small netdev_priv() associated with the master interface that stores the ieee80211_local pointer. Because of this, a lot of code in the configuration handlers can go away. To make this patch easier to verify I have also removed a number of wiphy_priv() calls in favour of getting the sdata first and then the local pointer from that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-16 14:18:59 +02:00
mac80211: add sta_notify_ps callback This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54. Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely. Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback, so that we can update the filter state. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01:00
[NET]: Introduce and use print_mac() and DECLARE_MAC_BUF() This is nicer than the MAC_FMT stuff. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-03 17:59:30 -07:00
mac80211: make master netdev handling sane Currently, almost every interface type has a 'bss' pointer pointing to BSS information. This BSS information, however, is for a _local_ BSS, not for the BSS we joined, so having it on a STA mode interface makes little sense, but now they have it pointing to the master device, which is an AP mode virtual interface. However, except for some bitrate control data, this pointer is only used in AP/VLAN modes (for power saving stations.) Overall, it is not necessary to even have the master netdev be a valid virtual interface, and it doesn't have to be on the list of interfaces either. This patch changes the master netdev to be special, it now - no longer is on the list of virtual interfaces, which lets me remove a lot of tests for that - no longer has sub_if_data attached, since that isn't used Additionally, this patch changes some vlan/ap mode handling that is related to these 'bss' pointers described above (but in the VLAN case they actually make sense because there they point to the AP they belong to); it also adds some debugging code to IEEE80211_DEV_TO_SUB_IF to validate it is not called on the master netdev any more. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-09 14:40:34 +02:00
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-06 11:35:50 +01:00
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 20:30:31 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: convert to %pM away from print_mac Also remove a few stray DECLARE_MAC_BUF that were no longer used at all. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-27 15:56:10 -07:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove sent_ps_buffered This variable is set once, and tested once. However, the code path that can set it is mutually exclusive with the code path that tests it, so the test is always true. Thus we also don't need to set it either and can just remove the variable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-30 12:56:02 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: make master iface not wireless There's no need to register the master netdev with cfg80211, in fact, this is quite dangerous and lead to having to add checks for the master interface all over the config handlers. This patch removes the "ieee80211_ptr" from the master iface in favour of having a small netdev_priv() associated with the master interface that stores the ieee80211_local pointer. Because of this, a lot of code in the configuration handlers can go away. To make this patch easier to verify I have also removed a number of wiphy_priv() calls in favour of getting the sdata first and then the local pointer from that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-16 14:18:59 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: make master netdev handling sane Currently, almost every interface type has a 'bss' pointer pointing to BSS information. This BSS information, however, is for a _local_ BSS, not for the BSS we joined, so having it on a STA mode interface makes little sense, but now they have it pointing to the master device, which is an AP mode virtual interface. However, except for some bitrate control data, this pointer is only used in AP/VLAN modes (for power saving stations.) Overall, it is not necessary to even have the master netdev be a valid virtual interface, and it doesn't have to be on the list of interfaces either. This patch changes the master netdev to be special, it now - no longer is on the list of virtual interfaces, which lets me remove a lot of tests for that - no longer has sub_if_data attached, since that isn't used Additionally, this patch changes some vlan/ap mode handling that is related to these 'bss' pointers described above (but in the VLAN case they actually make sense because there they point to the AP they belong to); it also adds some debugging code to IEEE80211_DEV_TO_SUB_IF to validate it is not called on the master netdev any more. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-09 14:40:34 +02:00
mac80211: consolidate TIM handling code This consolidates all TIM handling code to avoid re-introducing errors with the bitmap/set_tim order and to reduce code. While reading the code I noticed a possible problem so I also added a comment about that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-20 11:21:35 +01:00
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-06 11:35:50 +01:00
mac80211: consolidate TIM handling code This consolidates all TIM handling code to avoid re-introducing errors with the bitmap/set_tim order and to reduce code. While reading the code I noticed a possible problem so I also added a comment about that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-20 11:21:35 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: convert to %pM away from print_mac Also remove a few stray DECLARE_MAC_BUF that were no longer used at all. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-27 15:56:10 -07:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: consolidate TIM handling code This consolidates all TIM handling code to avoid re-introducing errors with the bitmap/set_tim order and to reduce code. While reading the code I noticed a possible problem so I also added a comment about that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-20 11:21:35 +01:00
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-06 11:35:50 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-06 11:35:50 +01:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-06 11:35:50 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: monitor the connection With the recent MLME rework I accidentally removed the connection monitoring code. In order to add it back, this patch will add new code to monitor both for beacon loss and for the connection actually working, with possibly separate triggers. When no unicast frames have been received from the AP for (currently) two seconds, we will send the AP a probe request. Also, when we don't see beacons from the AP for two seconds, we do the same (but those times need not be the same due to the way the code is now written). Additionally, clean up the parameters to the ieee80211_set_disassoc() function that I need here, those are all useless except sdata. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-10 15:29:03 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-15 12:44:28 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: monitor the connection With the recent MLME rework I accidentally removed the connection monitoring code. In order to add it back, this patch will add new code to monitor both for beacon loss and for the connection actually working, with possibly separate triggers. When no unicast frames have been received from the AP for (currently) two seconds, we will send the AP a probe request. Also, when we don't see beacons from the AP for two seconds, we do the same (but those times need not be the same due to the way the code is now written). Additionally, clean up the parameters to the ieee80211_set_disassoc() function that I need here, those are all useless except sdata. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-10 15:29:03 +02:00
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:10 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: monitor the connection With the recent MLME rework I accidentally removed the connection monitoring code. In order to add it back, this patch will add new code to monitor both for beacon loss and for the connection actually working, with possibly separate triggers. When no unicast frames have been received from the AP for (currently) two seconds, we will send the AP a probe request. Also, when we don't see beacons from the AP for two seconds, we do the same (but those times need not be the same due to the way the code is now written). Additionally, clean up the parameters to the ieee80211_set_disassoc() function that I need here, those are all useless except sdata. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-10 15:29:03 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: decrease execution of the associated timer Currently the timer is triggering every two seconds (IEEE80211_MONITORING_INTERVAL). Decrease the timer to only trigger during data idle periods to avoid waking up CPU unnecessary. The timer will still trigger during idle periods, that needs to be fixed later. There's also a functional change that probe requests are sent only when the data path is idle, earlier they were sent also while there was activity on the data path. This is also preparation for the beacon filtering support. Thanks to Johannes Berg for the idea. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-22 21:57:06 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: only transition STAs ps->wake on data frames When a station goes to PS mode to scan, it will then send probe requests without the PS bit set. mac80211 will take that as indication that the station woke up, but it didn't. This patch changes mac80211 to only consider doze->wake transitions on data frames to to fix that issue. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-11-26 15:02:58 +01:00
mac80211: make master netdev handling sane Currently, almost every interface type has a 'bss' pointer pointing to BSS information. This BSS information, however, is for a _local_ BSS, not for the BSS we joined, so having it on a STA mode interface makes little sense, but now they have it pointing to the master device, which is an AP mode virtual interface. However, except for some bitrate control data, this pointer is only used in AP/VLAN modes (for power saving stations.) Overall, it is not necessary to even have the master netdev be a valid virtual interface, and it doesn't have to be on the list of interfaces either. This patch changes the master netdev to be special, it now - no longer is on the list of virtual interfaces, which lets me remove a lot of tests for that - no longer has sub_if_data attached, since that isn't used Additionally, this patch changes some vlan/ap mode handling that is related to these 'bss' pointers described above (but in the VLAN case they actually make sense because there they point to the AP they belong to); it also adds some debugging code to IEEE80211_DEV_TO_SUB_IF to validate it is not called on the master netdev any more. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-09 14:40:34 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-06 11:35:50 +01:00
mac80211: only transition STAs ps->wake on data frames When a station goes to PS mode to scan, it will then send probe requests without the PS bit set. mac80211 will take that as indication that the station woke up, but it didn't. This patch changes mac80211 to only consider doze->wake transitions on data frames to to fix that issue. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-11-26 15:02:58 +01:00
mac80211: remove sent_ps_buffered This variable is set once, and tested once. However, the code path that can set it is mutually exclusive with the code path that tests it, so the test is always true. Thus we also don't need to set it either and can just remove the variable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-30 12:56:02 +01:00
mac80211: only transition STAs ps->wake on data frames When a station goes to PS mode to scan, it will then send probe requests without the PS bit set. mac80211 will take that as indication that the station woke up, but it didn't. This patch changes mac80211 to only consider doze->wake transitions on data frames to to fix that issue. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-11-26 15:02:58 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: also drop qos-nullfunc frames silently We drop nullfunc frames, but not qos-nullfunc frames, even though those could be used for PS state control as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-30 12:55:03 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use nullfunc frames for 4-addr sta detection To detect incoming 4-addr stations, hostapd needs to receive a 4-addr data frame from the remote station, so that it can create the AP VLAN for it. With this patch, the mlme code emits a 4-addr nullfunc frame immediately after assoc. On the AP side it also drops 4-addr nullfunc frames to the cooked monitor mode interface, if the interface hasn't been fully set up to receive 4-addr data frames yet. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-08 18:06:26 +01:00
mac80211: also drop qos-nullfunc frames silently We drop nullfunc frames, but not qos-nullfunc frames, even though those could be used for PS state control as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-30 12:55:03 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: rework debug settings and make debugging safer This patch reworks the mac80211 debug settings making them more focused and adding help text for those that didn't have one. It also removes a number of printks that can be triggered remotely and add no value, e.g. "too short deauthentication frame received - ignoring". If somebody really needs to debug that they should just add a monitor interface and look at the frames in wireshark. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:46 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: convert to %pM away from print_mac Also remove a few stray DECLARE_MAC_BUF that were no longer used at all. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-27 15:56:10 -07:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: convert to %pM away from print_mac Also remove a few stray DECLARE_MAC_BUF that were no longer used at all. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-27 15:56:10 -07:00
mac80211: rework debug settings and make debugging safer This patch reworks the mac80211 debug settings making them more focused and adding help text for those that didn't have one. It also removes a number of printks that can be triggered remotely and add no value, e.g. "too short deauthentication frame received - ignoring". If somebody really needs to debug that they should just add a monitor interface and look at the frames in wireshark. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:46 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: rx.c/tx.c remove more users of tx/rx_data->fc Those functions that still use ieee80211_get_hdrlen are moved over to use the little endian frame control. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:12 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: rx.c/tx.c remove more users of tx/rx_data->fc Those functions that still use ieee80211_get_hdrlen are moved over to use the little endian frame control. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:12 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: rx.c/tx.c remove more users of tx/rx_data->fc Those functions that still use ieee80211_get_hdrlen are moved over to use the little endian frame control. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:12 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
net/mac80211/: Use time_* macros The functions time_before, time_before_eq, time_after, and time_after_eq are more robust for comparing jiffies against other values. So following patch implements usage of the time_after() macro, defined at linux/jiffies.h, which deals with wrapping correctly Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-14 17:36:47 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: rx.c/tx.c remove more users of tx/rx_data->fc Those functions that still use ieee80211_get_hdrlen are moved over to use the little endian frame control. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:12 -07:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: embed key conf in key, fix driver interface This patch embeds the struct ieee80211_key_conf into struct ieee80211_key and thus avoids allocations and having data present twice. This required some more changes: 1) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TX_KEY key flag. This flag isn't used by drivers nor should it be since we have a set_key_idx() callback. Maybe that callback needs to be extended to include the key conf, but only a driver that requires it will tell. 2) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY key flag. This flag is global, so it shouldn't be passed in the key conf structure. Pass it to the function instead. Also, this patch removes the AID parameter to the set_key() callback because it is currently unused and the hardware currently cannot know about the AID anyway. I suspect this was used with some hardware that actually selected the AID itself, but that functionality was removed. Additionally, I've removed the ALG_NULL key algorithm since we have ALG_NONE. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:54 -04:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: rx.c/tx.c remove more users of tx/rx_data->fc Those functions that still use ieee80211_get_hdrlen are moved over to use the little endian frame control. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:12 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: embed key conf in key, fix driver interface This patch embeds the struct ieee80211_key_conf into struct ieee80211_key and thus avoids allocations and having data present twice. This required some more changes: 1) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TX_KEY key flag. This flag isn't used by drivers nor should it be since we have a set_key_idx() callback. Maybe that callback needs to be extended to include the key conf, but only a driver that requires it will tell. 2) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY key flag. This flag is global, so it shouldn't be passed in the key conf structure. Pass it to the function instead. Also, this patch removes the AID parameter to the set_key() callback because it is currently unused and the hardware currently cannot know about the AID anyway. I suspect this was used with some hardware that actually selected the AID itself, but that functionality was removed. Additionally, I've removed the ALG_NULL key algorithm since we have ALG_NONE. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:54 -04:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: rework debug settings and make debugging safer This patch reworks the mac80211 debug settings making them more focused and adding help text for those that didn't have one. It also removes a number of printks that can be triggered remotely and add no value, e.g. "too short deauthentication frame received - ignoring". If somebody really needs to debug that they should just add a monitor interface and look at the frames in wireshark. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:46 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-06 11:35:50 +01:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
mac80211: pass in PS_POLL frames This patch fixes should_drop_frame function to pass in ps poll control frames required for power save functioanlity. Interface types that do not have interest for PS POLL frames now drop it in handler. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-18 17:23:53 +02:00
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-06 11:35:50 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move QOS control helpers into ieee80211.h Also remove the WLAN_IS_QOS_DATA inline after removing the last two users. This starts moving away from using rx->fc to using the header frame_control directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 11:05:34 -07:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move QOS control helpers into ieee80211.h Also remove the WLAN_IS_QOS_DATA inline after removing the last two users. This starts moving away from using rx->fc to using the header frame_control directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 11:05:34 -07:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move QOS control helpers into ieee80211.h Also remove the WLAN_IS_QOS_DATA inline after removing the last two users. This starts moving away from using rx->fc to using the header frame_control directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 11:05:34 -07:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move QOS control helpers into ieee80211.h Also remove the WLAN_IS_QOS_DATA inline after removing the last two users. This starts moving away from using rx->fc to using the header frame_control directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 11:05:34 -07:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: proper STA info locking As discussed earlier, we can unify locking in struct sta_info and use just a single spinlock protecting all members of the structure that need protection. Many don't, but one of the especially bad ones is the 'flags' member that can currently be clobbered when RX and TX is being processed on different CPUs at the same time. Because having four spinlocks for different, mostly exclusive parts of a single structure is overkill, this patch also kills the ampdu and mesh plink spinlocks and uses just a single one for everything. Because none of the spinlocks are nested, this is safe. It remains to be seen whether or not we should make the sta flags use atomic bit operations instead, for now though this is a safe thing and using atomic operations instead will be very simple using the new static inline functions this patch introduces for accessing sta->flags. Since spin_lock_bh() is used with this lock, there shouldn't be any contention even if aggregation is enabled at around the same time as both requires frame transmission/reception which is in a bh context. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Tomas Winkler <tomasw@gmail.com> Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-03 01:02:02 +02:00
mac80211: rework debug settings and make debugging safer This patch reworks the mac80211 debug settings making them more focused and adding help text for those that didn't have one. It also removes a number of printks that can be triggered remotely and add no value, e.g. "too short deauthentication frame received - ignoring". If somebody really needs to debug that they should just add a monitor interface and look at the frames in wireshark. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:46 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
[MAC80211]: rework hardware crypto flags This patch reworks the various hardware crypto related flags to make them more local, i.e. put them with each key or each packet instead of into the hw struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04:00
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-08-28 17:01:53 -04:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: MFP - Drop unprotected Action frames prior key setup When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, unprotected Robust Action frames are not allowed prior to key configuration. However, unprotected Deauthentication and Disassociation frames are allowed at that point, but not after key configuration. Make ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() handle the special cases for MFP by separating the basic Data frame case from Management frame processing and handle the Management frames only if MFP has been negotiated. In addition, do not use sdata->drop_unencrypted for Management frames since the decision on whether to accept the frame depends on the key being configured. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-08 12:36:03 +03:00
mac80211: remove message on receiving unexpected unencrypted frames Some people are getting this message a lot, and we have traced it to broken access points that much too often send completely empty frames (all bytes zeroed, which they shouldn't do at all.) Since we cannot do anything about such frames in any case except the special case where we're debugging an AP, just remove the message. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-13 10:12:47 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted Currently, ieee80211_drop_unencrypted is called from management and data frame context, and the different contexts pass different frames. This could lead to it processing an 802.3 frame as an 802.11 frame when MFP is enabled. Move the MFP part of ieee80211_drop_unencrypted into a new function that is only called for mgmt frames. Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-16 11:05:00 +01:00
mac80211: Fix drop_unencrypted for MFP with hwaccel Commit bef5d1c70d132145c0fc75b3586a19841a9a82e4 split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() into separate functions that are used for Data and Management frames. However, it did not handle the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED correctly for Management frames: ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() can only return 0 for Management frames, so there is no point in calling it here. Instead, just check the status->flag directly. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-28 22:31:15 -07:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted Currently, ieee80211_drop_unencrypted is called from management and data frame context, and the different contexts pass different frames. This could lead to it processing an 802.3 frame as an 802.11 frame when MFP is enabled. Move the MFP part of ieee80211_drop_unencrypted into a new function that is only called for mgmt frames. Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-16 11:05:00 +01:00
mac80211: Fix drop_unencrypted for MFP with hwaccel Commit bef5d1c70d132145c0fc75b3586a19841a9a82e4 split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() into separate functions that are used for Data and Management frames. However, it did not handle the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED correctly for Management frames: ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() can only return 0 for Management frames, so there is no point in calling it here. Instead, just check the status->flag directly. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-28 22:31:15 -07:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted Currently, ieee80211_drop_unencrypted is called from management and data frame context, and the different contexts pass different frames. This could lead to it processing an 802.3 frame as an 802.11 frame when MFP is enabled. Move the MFP part of ieee80211_drop_unencrypted into a new function that is only called for mgmt frames. Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-16 11:05:00 +01:00
mac80211: MFP - Drop unprotected Action frames prior key setup When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, unprotected Robust Action frames are not allowed prior to key configuration. However, unprotected Deauthentication and Disassociation frames are allowed at that point, but not after key configuration. Make ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() handle the special cases for MFP by separating the basic Data frame case from Management frame processing and handle the Management frames only if MFP has been negotiated. In addition, do not use sdata->drop_unencrypted for Management frames since the decision on whether to accept the frame depends on the key being configured. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-08 12:36:03 +03:00
mac80211: Fix robust management frame handling (MFP) Commit e34e09401ee9888dd662b2fca5d607794a56daf2 incorrectly removed use of ieee80211_has_protected() from the management frame case and in practice, made this validation drop all Action frames when MFP is enabled. This should have only been done for frames with Protected field set to zero. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-28 22:29:52 -07:00
mac80211: MFP - Drop unprotected Action frames prior key setup When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, unprotected Robust Action frames are not allowed prior to key configuration. However, unprotected Deauthentication and Disassociation frames are allowed at that point, but not after key configuration. Make ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() handle the special cases for MFP by separating the basic Data frame case from Management frame processing and handle the Management frames only if MFP has been negotiated. In addition, do not use sdata->drop_unencrypted for Management frames since the decision on whether to accept the frame depends on the key being configured. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-08 12:36:03 +03:00
net: Move && and || to end of previous line Not including net/atm/ Compiled tested x86 allyesconfig only Added a > 80 column line or two, which I ignored. Existing checkpatch plaints willfully, cheerfully ignored. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-29 16:55:45 -08:00
mac80211: Fix dropping of unprotected robust multicast frames When selecting the RX key for group-addressed robust management frames, we do not actually select any BIP key if the frame is unprotected (since we cannot find the key index from MMIE). This results in the drop_unencrypted check in failing to drop the frame. It is enough to verify that we have a STA entry for the transmitter and that MFP is enabled for that STA; we do not need to check rx->key here. This fixes BIP processing for unprotected, group-addressed, robust management frames. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 23:36:15 -07:00
mac80211: MFP - Drop unprotected Action frames prior key setup When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, unprotected Robust Action frames are not allowed prior to key configuration. However, unprotected Deauthentication and Disassociation frames are allowed at that point, but not after key configuration. Make ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() handle the special cases for MFP by separating the basic Data frame case from Management frame processing and handle the Management frames only if MFP has been negotiated. In addition, do not use sdata->drop_unencrypted for Management frames since the decision on whether to accept the frame depends on the key being configured. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-08 12:36:03 +03:00
mac80211: remove message on receiving unexpected unencrypted frames Some people are getting this message a lot, and we have traced it to broken access points that much too often send completely empty frames (all bytes zeroed, which they shouldn't do at all.) Since we cannot do anything about such frames in any case except the special case where we're debugging an AP, just remove the message. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-04-13 10:12:47 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
wireless: move some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211 The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211. Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers to be also benefit from these utility functions. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-21 21:47:03 +08:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: implement support for 4-address frames for AP and client mode In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and destination MAC addresses. With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using only 4-address frames for data traffic. On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured in 4-address mode. Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface, regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers. The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC addresses on any side. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-10 20:10:05 +01:00
cfg80211: introduce capability for 4addr mode It's very likely that not many devices will support four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211 and check them when userspace tries to use the mode. Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev) and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the 4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-19 11:55:19 +01:00
mac80211: implement support for 4-address frames for AP and client mode In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and destination MAC addresses. With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using only 4-address frames for data traffic. On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured in 4-address mode. Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface, regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers. The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC addresses on any side. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-10 20:10:05 +01:00
cfg80211: introduce capability for 4addr mode It's very likely that not many devices will support four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211 and check them when userspace tries to use the mode. Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev) and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the 4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-19 11:55:19 +01:00
mac80211: implement support for 4-address frames for AP and client mode In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and destination MAC addresses. With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using only 4-address frames for data traffic. On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured in 4-address mode. Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface, regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers. The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC addresses on any side. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-10 20:10:05 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
mac80211: fix alignment issue with compare_ether_addr() This addresses an alignment issue with compare_ether_addr(). The addresses passed to compare_ether_addr should be two bytes aligned. It may function properly in x86 platform. However may not work properly on IA-64 or ARM processor. This also fixes a typo in mlme.c where the sk_buff struct name is incorect. Though sizeof() works for any incorrect structure pointer name as its just a pointer length that we want, lets just fix it. Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-05-28 23:15:32 +05:30
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: make bridge_packets a virtual interface option The bridge_packets configuration really should be per virtual interface (theoretically per AP/VLAN, but this is much easier); there currently is no way to set it yet though. Also invert the option to "NO_BRIDGE_PACKETS" so the default is to bridge. While at it, also document the flags properly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:54 +02:00
cfg80211: introduce capability for 4addr mode It's very likely that not many devices will support four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211 and check them when userspace tries to use the mode. Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev) and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the 4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-19 11:55:19 +01:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 00:26:10 +01:00
mac80211: remove payload alignment warning The payload alignment warning enabled by MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is difficult. To fix it, a firmware change is needed but in most cases that's very difficult. So the benefit from the warning is low and most probably it just creates more confusion for people who just enable all warnings (like it did for me). Remove the unaligned IP payload warning and the kconfig option. But leave the unaligned packet warning, it will be enabled with MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-17 13:54:57 +01:00
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 00:26:10 +01:00
mac80211 : fix unaligned rx skb mac80211 is checking is the skb is aligned on 32 bit boundary. But it is checking against ethernet header, whereas Linux expect IP header aligned. And ethernet ether size is 6*2+2=14, so aligning ethernet header make IP header unaligned. Signed-off-by: Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-04 22:16:18 +02:00
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 00:26:10 +01:00
mac80211: make align adjustment code support paged SKB This fixed a BUG_ON in __skb_trim() when paged rx is used in iwlwifi driver. Yes, the whole mac80211 stack doesn't support paged SKB yet. But let's start the work slowly from small code snippets. Reported-and-tested-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-28 13:13:52 -07:00
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 00:26:10 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: Use htons() where appropriate. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-12 03:54:23 +09:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 10:18:37 +08:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 10:18:37 +08:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 10:18:37 +08:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 10:18:37 +08:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 10:18:37 +08:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 10:18:37 +08:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 10:18:37 +08:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 10:18:37 +08:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-01 10:18:37 +08:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-26 16:14:33 +02:00
net/mac80211/rx.c: fix build error older versions of gcc do not recognize that ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() is unused when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is disabled: net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding': rx.c:(.text+0xd89af): undefined reference to `mpp_path_lookup' rx.c:(.text+0xd89c6): undefined reference to `mpp_path_add' as this code construct: if (ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(&sdata->vif)) CALL_RXH(ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding); still causes ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() to be linked in. Protect these places with an #ifdef. commit b0dee578 ("Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined.") solved part of this problem - this patch is still needed. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-12 23:51:38 -07:00
Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined. When CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH=n and CONFIG_MAC80211_NOINLINE=y, gcc doesn't optimize out a call to ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding, even if the previous comparison is always false in this case. This leads to the following errors during modpost: ERROR: "mpp_path_lookup" [net/mac80211/mac80211.ko] undefined! ERROR: "mpp_path_add" [net/mac80211/mac80211.ko] undefined! Fix by removing the possibility of uninlining ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding rx handler. Signed-off-by: Davide Pesavento <davidepesa@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-27 17:29:12 +02:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 17:43:56 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: Learn about mesh portals from multicast traffic Mesh portals proxy traffic for nodes external to the mesh. When a proxied frame is received by a mesh interface, it should update its mesh portal table. This was only happening for unicast frames. With this change we also learn about mesh portals from proxied multicast frames. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-15 18:10:51 -07:00
mac80211: mesh portal functionality support Currently the mesh code doesn't support bridging mesh point interfaces with wired ethernet or AP to construct an MPP or MAP. This patch adds code to support the "6 address frame format packet" functionality to mesh point interfaces. Now the mesh network can be used as backhaul for end to end communication. Signed-off-by: Li YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-22 13:30:32 +08:00
mac80211: Learn about mesh portals from multicast traffic Mesh portals proxy traffic for nodes external to the mesh. When a proxied frame is received by a mesh interface, it should update its mesh portal table. This was only happening for unicast frames. With this change we also learn about mesh portals from proxied multicast frames. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-15 18:10:51 -07:00
mac80211: mesh portal functionality support Currently the mesh code doesn't support bridging mesh point interfaces with wired ethernet or AP to construct an MPP or MAP. This patch adds code to support the "6 address frame format packet" functionality to mesh point interfaces. Now the mesh network can be used as backhaul for end to end communication. Signed-off-by: Li YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-22 13:30:32 +08:00
mac80211: Learn about mesh portals from multicast traffic Mesh portals proxy traffic for nodes external to the mesh. When a proxied frame is received by a mesh interface, it should update its mesh portal table. This was only happening for unicast frames. With this change we also learn about mesh portals from proxied multicast frames. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-15 18:10:51 -07:00
mac80211: mesh portal functionality support Currently the mesh code doesn't support bridging mesh point interfaces with wired ethernet or AP to construct an MPP or MAP. This patch adds code to support the "6 address frame format packet" functionality to mesh point interfaces. Now the mesh network can be used as backhaul for end to end communication. Signed-off-by: Li YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-22 13:30:32 +08:00
mac80211: Learn about mesh portals from multicast traffic Mesh portals proxy traffic for nodes external to the mesh. When a proxied frame is received by a mesh interface, it should update its mesh portal table. This was only happening for unicast frames. With this change we also learn about mesh portals from proxied multicast frames. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-15 18:10:51 -07:00
mac80211: mesh portal functionality support Currently the mesh code doesn't support bridging mesh point interfaces with wired ethernet or AP to construct an MPP or MAP. This patch adds code to support the "6 address frame format packet" functionality to mesh point interfaces. Now the mesh network can be used as backhaul for end to end communication. Signed-off-by: Li YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-22 13:30:32 +08:00
mac80211: Learn about mesh portals from multicast traffic Mesh portals proxy traffic for nodes external to the mesh. When a proxied frame is received by a mesh interface, it should update its mesh portal table. This was only happening for unicast frames. With this change we also learn about mesh portals from proxied multicast frames. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-15 18:10:51 -07:00
mac80211: mesh portal functionality support Currently the mesh code doesn't support bridging mesh point interfaces with wired ethernet or AP to construct an MPP or MAP. This patch adds code to support the "6 address frame format packet" functionality to mesh point interfaces. Now the mesh network can be used as backhaul for end to end communication. Signed-off-by: Li YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-22 13:30:32 +08:00
mac80211: Use 3-address format for mesh broadcast frames. The 11s task group recently changed the frame mesh multicast/broadcast frame format to use 3-address. This was done to avoid interactions with widely deployed lazy-WDS access points. This patch changes the format of group addressed frames, both mesh-originated and proxied, to use the data format defined in draft D2.08 and forward. The address fields used for group addressed frames is: In 802.11 header ToDS:0 FromDS:1 addr1: DA (broadcast/multicast address) addr2: TA addr3: Mesh SA In address extension header: addr4: SA (only present if frame was proxied) Note that this change breaks backward compatibility with earlier mesh stack versions. Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-10 12:15:48 -07:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: split off mesh handling entirely This patch splits off mesh handling from the STA/IBSS. Unfortunately it increases mesh code size a bit, but I think it makes things clearer. The patch also reduces per-interface run-time memory usage. Also clean up a few places where ifdef is not required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:49 +02:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 17:43:56 +02:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 17:43:56 +02:00
mac80211: cooperate more with network namespaces There are still two places in mac80211 that hardcode the initial net namespace (init_net). One of them is mandated by cfg80211 and will be removed by a separate patch, the other one is used for finding the network device of a pending packet via its ifindex. Remove the latter use by keeping track of the device pointer itself, via the vif pointer, and avoid it going stale by dropping pending frames for a given interface when the interface is removed. To keep track of the vif pointer for the correct interface, change the info->control.vif pointer's internal use to always be the correct vif, and only move it to the vif the driver expects (or NULL for monitor interfaces and injected packets) right before giving the packet to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-14 00:33:34 +02:00
mac80211: fix skb buffering issue Since I removed the master netdev, we've been keeping internal queues only, and even before that we never told the networking stack above the virtual interfaces about congestion. This means that packets are queued in mac80211 and the upper layers never know, possibly leading to memory exhaustion and other problems. This patch makes all interfaces multiqueue and uses ndo_select_queue to put the packets into queues per AC. Additionally, when the driver stops a queue, we now stop all corresponding queues for the virtual interfaces as well. The injection case will use VO by default for non-data frames, and BE for data frames, but downgrade any data frames according to ACM. It needs to be fleshed out in the future to allow chosing the queue/AC in radiotap. Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.32] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-05 18:00:58 +01:00
mac80211: New stat counters for multicast and unicast forwarded frames This expands on the current fwded_frames stat counter which should be equal to the total of these two new counters. The new counters are called "fwded_mcast" and "fwded_unicast". Signed-off-by: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-18 10:59:00 -07:00
mac80211: Use 3-address format for mesh broadcast frames. The 11s task group recently changed the frame mesh multicast/broadcast frame format to use 3-address. This was done to avoid interactions with widely deployed lazy-WDS access points. This patch changes the format of group addressed frames, both mesh-originated and proxied, to use the data format defined in draft D2.08 and forward. The address fields used for group addressed frames is: In 802.11 header ToDS:0 FromDS:1 addr1: DA (broadcast/multicast address) addr2: TA addr3: Mesh SA In address extension header: addr4: SA (only present if frame was proxied) Note that this change breaks backward compatibility with earlier mesh stack versions. Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-10 12:15:48 -07:00
mac80211: Fix regression in mesh forwarding path. The removal of the master netdev broke the mesh forwarding path. This patch fixes it by using the new internal 'pending' queue. As a result of this change, mesh forwarding no longer does the inefficient 802.11 -> 802.3 -> 802.11 conversion that was done before. [Changes since v1] Suggested by Johannes: - Select queue before adding to mpath queue - ieee80211_add_pending_skb -> ieee80211_add_pending_skbs - Remove unnecessary header wme.h Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 10:55:03 -07:00
mac80211: Use 3-address format for mesh broadcast frames. The 11s task group recently changed the frame mesh multicast/broadcast frame format to use 3-address. This was done to avoid interactions with widely deployed lazy-WDS access points. This patch changes the format of group addressed frames, both mesh-originated and proxied, to use the data format defined in draft D2.08 and forward. The address fields used for group addressed frames is: In 802.11 header ToDS:0 FromDS:1 addr1: DA (broadcast/multicast address) addr2: TA addr3: Mesh SA In address extension header: addr4: SA (only present if frame was proxied) Note that this change breaks backward compatibility with earlier mesh stack versions. Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-10 12:15:48 -07:00
mac80211: Fix regression in mesh forwarding path. The removal of the master netdev broke the mesh forwarding path. This patch fixes it by using the new internal 'pending' queue. As a result of this change, mesh forwarding no longer does the inefficient 802.11 -> 802.3 -> 802.11 conversion that was done before. [Changes since v1] Suggested by Johannes: - Select queue before adding to mpath queue - ieee80211_add_pending_skb -> ieee80211_add_pending_skbs - Remove unnecessary header wme.h Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 10:55:03 -07:00
mac80211: New stat counters for multicast and unicast forwarded frames This expands on the current fwded_frames stat counter which should be equal to the total of these two new counters. The new counters are called "fwded_mcast" and "fwded_unicast". Signed-off-by: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-18 10:59:00 -07:00
mac80211: Fix regression in mesh forwarding path. The removal of the master netdev broke the mesh forwarding path. This patch fixes it by using the new internal 'pending' queue. As a result of this change, mesh forwarding no longer does the inefficient 802.11 -> 802.3 -> 802.11 conversion that was done before. [Changes since v1] Suggested by Johannes: - Select queue before adding to mpath queue - ieee80211_add_pending_skb -> ieee80211_add_pending_skbs - Remove unnecessary header wme.h Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 10:55:03 -07:00
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 17:43:56 +02:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: Use 3-address format for mesh broadcast frames. The 11s task group recently changed the frame mesh multicast/broadcast frame format to use 3-address. This was done to avoid interactions with widely deployed lazy-WDS access points. This patch changes the format of group addressed frames, both mesh-originated and proxied, to use the data format defined in draft D2.08 and forward. The address fields used for group addressed frames is: In 802.11 header ToDS:0 FromDS:1 addr1: DA (broadcast/multicast address) addr2: TA addr3: Mesh SA In address extension header: addr4: SA (only present if frame was proxied) Note that this change breaks backward compatibility with earlier mesh stack versions. Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-10 12:15:48 -07:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
net/mac80211/rx.c: fix build error older versions of gcc do not recognize that ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() is unused when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is disabled: net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding': rx.c:(.text+0xd89af): undefined reference to `mpp_path_lookup' rx.c:(.text+0xd89c6): undefined reference to `mpp_path_add' as this code construct: if (ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(&sdata->vif)) CALL_RXH(ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding); still causes ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() to be linked in. Protect these places with an #ifdef. commit b0dee578 ("Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined.") solved part of this problem - this patch is still needed. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-12 23:51:38 -07:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: Reset dynamic ps timer in Rx path. The current mac80211 implementation enables power save if there is no Tx traffic for a specific timeout. Hence, PS is triggered even if there is a continuous Rx only traffic(like UDP) going on. This makes the drivers to wait on the tim bit in the next beacon to awake which leads to redundant sleep-wake cycles. Fix this by restarting the dynamic ps timer on receiving every data packet. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> CC: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-08 17:47:01 +05:30
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: implement support for 4-address frames for AP and client mode In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and destination MAC addresses. With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using only 4-address frames for data traffic. On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured in 4-address mode. Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface, regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers. The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC addresses on any side. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-10 20:10:05 +01:00
wireless: move some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211 The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211. Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers to be also benefit from these utility functions. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-21 21:47:03 +08:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:13 -07:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-19 01:31:22 +01:00
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
mac80211: Reset dynamic ps timer in Rx path. The current mac80211 implementation enables power save if there is no Tx traffic for a specific timeout. Hence, PS is triggered even if there is a continuous Rx only traffic(like UDP) going on. This makes the drivers to wait on the tim bit in the next beacon to awake which leads to redundant sleep-wake cycles. Fix this by restarting the dynamic ps timer on receiving every data packet. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> CC: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-08 17:47:01 +05:30
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-11-22 19:49:12 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: cleanup reorder buffer handling The reorder buffer handling is written in a quite peculiar style (especially comments) and also has a quirk where it invokes the entire reorder code in ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf() for just a handful of lines in it with a special argument. Split out ieee80211_release_reorder_frames which can then be invoked from BAR handling and other reordering code, clean up code and comments and remove function arguments that are now unused from ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:40 +01:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: cleanup reorder buffer handling The reorder buffer handling is written in a quite peculiar style (especially comments) and also has a quirk where it invokes the entire reorder code in ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf() for just a handful of lines in it with a special argument. Split out ieee80211_release_reorder_frames which can then be invoked from BAR handling and other reordering code, clean up code and comments and remove function arguments that are now unused from ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:40 +01:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU MLME use dynamic allocation This patch alters the A-MPDU MLME in sta_info to use dynamic allocation, thus drastically improving memory usage - from a constant ~2 Kbyte in the previous (static) allocation to a lower limit of ~200 Byte and an upper limit of ~2 Kbyte. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-03-26 20:36:03 +02:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: fix RX aggregation timeouts The values are in TUs (1.024ms), not ms. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-10 21:25:45 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: cleanup reorder buffer handling The reorder buffer handling is written in a quite peculiar style (especially comments) and also has a quirk where it invokes the entire reorder code in ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf() for just a handful of lines in it with a special argument. Split out ieee80211_release_reorder_frames which can then be invoked from BAR handling and other reordering code, clean up code and comments and remove function arguments that are now unused from ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:40 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: cleanup reorder buffer handling The reorder buffer handling is written in a quite peculiar style (especially comments) and also has a quirk where it invokes the entire reorder code in ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf() for just a handful of lines in it with a special argument. Split out ieee80211_release_reorder_frames which can then be invoked from BAR handling and other reordering code, clean up code and comments and remove function arguments that are now unused from ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:40 +01:00
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-06 11:18:48 +02:00
mac80211: cleanup reorder buffer handling The reorder buffer handling is written in a quite peculiar style (especially comments) and also has a quirk where it invokes the entire reorder code in ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf() for just a handful of lines in it with a special argument. Split out ieee80211_release_reorder_frames which can then be invoked from BAR handling and other reordering code, clean up code and comments and remove function arguments that are now unused from ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:40 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:20 +01:00
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-25 17:00:36 +02:00
mac80211: Mark ieee80211_process_sa_query_req() static This function is only used within rx.c, so mark it static. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-10 11:46:53 +02:00
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:06 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:06 +02:00
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-15 12:44:28 +01:00
mac80211: rework MLME for multiple authentications Sit tight. This shakes up the world as you know it. Let go of your spaghetti tongs, they will no longer be required, the horrible statemachine in net/mac80211/mlme.c is no more... With the cfg80211 SME mac80211 now has much less to keep track of, but, on the other hand, for FT it needs to be able to keep track of at least one authentication being in progress while associated. So convert from a single state machine to having small ones for all the different things we need to do. For real FT it will still need work wrt. PS, but this should be a good step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 03:45:17 +02:00
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:06 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-15 12:44:28 +01:00
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:06 +02:00
mac80211: remove encrypt parameter from ieee80211_tx_skb Since the flags moved into skb->cb, there's no longer a need to have the encrypt bool passed into the function, anyone who requires it set to 0 (false) can just set the flag directly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-18 18:42:05 +01:00
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:06 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Drop unprotected robust management frames if MFP is used Use ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to decide whether a received frame should be dropped with management frames, too. If MFP is negotiated, unprotected robust management frames will be dropped. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:08 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted Currently, ieee80211_drop_unencrypted is called from management and data frame context, and the different contexts pass different frames. This could lead to it processing an 802.3 frame as an 802.11 frame when MFP is enabled. Move the MFP part of ieee80211_drop_unencrypted into a new function that is only called for mgmt frames. Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-16 11:05:00 +01:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: restrict aggregation to supported interface modes We can only support aggregation on AP/STA right now. HT isn't defined for IBSS, WDS or MESH. In the WDS/MESH cases it's not clear what to put into the IBSS field, and we don't handle that in the code at all. Also fix the code to handle VLAN correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-10 21:25:47 +01:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: restrict aggregation to supported interface modes We can only support aggregation on AP/STA right now. HT isn't defined for IBSS, WDS or MESH. In the WDS/MESH cases it's not clear what to put into the IBSS field, and we don't handle that in the code at all. Also fix the code to handle VLAN correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-10 21:25:47 +01:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: move spectrum management code out Like the HT code, this doesn't depend on the STA-mode implementation and can be handled entirely independently. There's only stub code for now, but when it gets filled having it in its own file will be beneficial. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:49:03 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-15 12:44:28 +01:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-15 12:44:28 +01:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: move spectrum management code out Like the HT code, this doesn't depend on the STA-mode implementation and can be handled entirely independently. There's only stub code for now, but when it gets filled having it in its own file will be beneficial. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:49:03 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: move spectrum management code out Like the HT code, this doesn't depend on the STA-mode implementation and can be handled entirely independently. There's only stub code for now, but when it gets filled having it in its own file will be beneficial. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:49:03 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: Add 802.11h CSA support Move to the advertised channel on reception of a CSA element. This is needed for 802.11h compliance. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-06 09:28:37 +05:30
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: Add 802.11h CSA support Move to the advertised channel on reception of a CSA element. This is needed for 802.11h compliance. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-06 09:28:37 +05:30
mac80211: move channel switch code The channel switch code is currently in the spectrum management file, where arguably it belongs. However, it is for managed mode only and uses the structures for that mode only so having it in a more generic file can be confusing. Additionally, my next patch gets simpler with the code here. When/if we ever implement this for IBSS or mesh then we will need to rework the structures it uses anyway at which point we could move the code back. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-15 11:52:31 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: move channel switch code The channel switch code is currently in the spectrum management file, where arguably it belongs. However, it is for managed mode only and uses the structures for that mode only so having it in a more generic file can be confusing. Additionally, my next patch gets simpler with the code here. When/if we ever implement this for IBSS or mesh then we will need to rework the structures it uses anyway at which point we could move the code back. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-05-15 11:52:31 +02:00
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-15 12:44:28 +01:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: Add 802.11h CSA support Move to the advertised channel on reception of a CSA element. This is needed for 802.11h compliance. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-06 09:28:37 +05:30
mac80211: rework MLME for multiple authentications Sit tight. This shakes up the world as you know it. Let go of your spaghetti tongs, they will no longer be required, the horrible statemachine in net/mac80211/mlme.c is no more... With the cfg80211 SME mac80211 now has much less to keep track of, but, on the other hand, for FT it needs to be able to keep track of at least one authentication being in progress while associated. So convert from a single state machine to having small ones for all the different things we need to do. For real FT it will still need work wrt. PS, but this should be a good step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 03:45:17 +02:00
mac80211: move spectrum management code out Like the HT code, this doesn't depend on the STA-mode implementation and can be handled entirely independently. There's only stub code for now, but when it gets filled having it in its own file will be beneficial. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:49:03 +02:00
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:06 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:06 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:06 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:06 +02:00
mac80211: Moved mesh action codes to a more visible location Grouped mesh action codes together with the other action codes in ieee80211.h. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 11:00:21 -07:00
mac80211: Handle mesh action frames in ieee80211_rx_h_action This fixes the problem introduced in commit 8404080568613d93ad7cf0a16dfb68 which broke mesh peer link establishment. changes: v2 Added missing break (Johannes) v3 Broke original patch into two (Johannes) Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 11:00:20 -07:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: add missing sanity checks for action frames Various missing sanity checks caused rejected action frames to be interpreted as channel switch announcements, which can cause a client mode interface to switch away from its operating channel, thereby losing connectivity. This patch ensures that only spectrum management action frames are processed by the CSA handling function and prevents rejected action frames from getting processed by the MLME code. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-07 20:23:53 +01:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:46:39 +02:00
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02:00
mac80211: move spectrum management code out Like the HT code, this doesn't depend on the STA-mode implementation and can be handled entirely independently. There's only stub code for now, but when it gets filled having it in its own file will be beneficial. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:49:03 +02:00
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-09 14:42:50 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: generalise work handling In order to use auth/assoc for different purposes other than MLME, it needs to be split up. For other purposes, a generic work handling (potentially on another channel) will be useful. To achieve that, this patch moves much of the MLME work handling out of mlme into a new work API. The API can currently handle probing a specific AP, authentication and association. The MLME previously handled probe/authentication as one step and will continue to do so, but they are separate in the new work handling. Work items are RCU-managed to be able to check for existence of an item for a specific frame in the RX path, but they can be re-used which the MLME right now will do for its combined probe/auth step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:35 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:21 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted Currently, ieee80211_drop_unencrypted is called from management and data frame context, and the different contexts pass different frames. This could lead to it processing an 802.3 frame as an 802.11 frame when MFP is enabled. Move the MFP part of ieee80211_drop_unencrypted into a new function that is only called for mgmt frames. Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-16 11:05:00 +01:00
mac80211: 802.11w - Drop unprotected robust management frames if MFP is used Use ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to decide whether a received frame should be dropped with management frames, too. If MFP is negotiated, unprotected robust management frames will be dropped. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-08 13:32:08 +02:00
mac80211: generalise work handling In order to use auth/assoc for different purposes other than MLME, it needs to be split up. For other purposes, a generic work handling (potentially on another channel) will be useful. To achieve that, this patch moves much of the MLME work handling out of mlme into a new work API. The API can currently handle probing a specific AP, authentication and association. The MLME previously handled probe/authentication as one step and will continue to do so, but they are separate in the new work handling. Work items are RCU-managed to be able to check for existence of an item for a specific frame in the RX path, but they can be re-used which the MLME right now will do for its combined probe/auth step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:35 +01:00
mac80211: split off mesh handling entirely This patch splits off mesh handling from the STA/IBSS. Unfortunately it increases mesh code size a bit, but I think it makes things clearer. The patch also reduces per-interface run-time memory usage. Also clean up a few places where ifdef is not required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:49 +02:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: split off mesh handling entirely This patch splits off mesh handling from the STA/IBSS. Unfortunately it increases mesh code size a bit, but I think it makes things clearer. The patch also reduces per-interface run-time memory usage. Also clean up a few places where ifdef is not required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:49 +02:00
mac80211: fix RX path My previous patch ("mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code") was too obvious to me, so obvious that a stupid bug crept in. The IBSS RX function must be invoked for IBSS, of course, not anything != IBSS. Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-24 08:46:57 +01:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
[MAC80211]: remove management interface Removes the management interface since it is only required for hostapd/userspace MLME, will not be in the final tree at least in this form and hostapd/userspace MLME currently do not work against this tree anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-28 14:02:09 +02:00
mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code Neither can currently be set from userspace, so there's no regression potential, and neither will be supported from userspace since the new userspace APIs allow the SME, which is in userspace, to control all we need. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-21 17:08:43 +01:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-15 12:44:28 +01:00
mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code Neither can currently be set from userspace, so there's no regression potential, and neither will be supported from userspace since the new userspace APIs allow the SME, which is in userspace, to control all we need. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-03-21 17:08:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 17:43:56 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move some code into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers There is some duplicated code that sits in front of each function call to ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() that can very well be part of that function if it gets slightly different arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:26 +01:00
[MAC80211]: remove/change some comments about Michael MIC hardware offload There are a few TODO comments in the mac80211 sources regarding hardware offload for Michael MIC verification. Those items are, however, better handled in the driver instead of the stack, if any device requires such hand-holding. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-10 14:15:25 +02:00
mac80211: push michael MIC report after DA check When we receive a michael MIC failure report from the hardware we currently do not check whether it is actually reported on a frame that is destined to us. It shouldn't be possible to get a michael MIC failure report on other frames, but it also doesn't hurt to verify. Also, since we then don't need the station struct that early, move looking it up a bit later in the RX path. Finally, while at it, a few code cleanups in the area. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:39 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: push michael MIC report after DA check When we receive a michael MIC failure report from the hardware we currently do not check whether it is actually reported on a frame that is destined to us. It shouldn't be possible to get a michael MIC failure report on other frames, but it also doesn't hurt to verify. Also, since we then don't need the station struct that early, move looking it up a bit later in the RX path. Finally, while at it, a few code cleanups in the area. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:39 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
[MAC80211]: remove/change some comments about Michael MIC hardware offload There are a few TODO comments in the mac80211 sources regarding hardware offload for Michael MIC verification. Those items are, however, better handled in the driver instead of the stack, if any device requires such hand-holding. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-10 14:15:25 +02:00
mac80211: push michael MIC report after DA check When we receive a michael MIC failure report from the hardware we currently do not check whether it is actually reported on a frame that is destined to us. It shouldn't be possible to get a michael MIC failure report on other frames, but it also doesn't hurt to verify. Also, since we then don't need the station struct that early, move looking it up a bit later in the RX path. Finally, while at it, a few code cleanups in the area. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:39 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: push michael MIC report after DA check When we receive a michael MIC failure report from the hardware we currently do not check whether it is actually reported on a frame that is destined to us. It shouldn't be possible to get a michael MIC failure report on other frames, but it also doesn't hurt to verify. Also, since we then don't need the station struct that early, move looking it up a bit later in the RX path. Finally, while at it, a few code cleanups in the area. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:39 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
cfg80211: use proper allocation flags Instead of hardcoding GFP_ATOMIC everywhere, add a new function parameter that gets the flags from the caller. Obviously then I need to update all callers (all of them in mac80211), and it turns out that now it's ok to use GFP_KERNEL in almost all places. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-01 21:26:47 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: improve rate handling Some code currently assumes that there's a valid rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where it's needed. Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't present in the regular monitor radiotap either.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:21 +01:00
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:27 +01:00
mac80211: improve rate handling Some code currently assumes that there's a valid rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where it's needed. Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't present in the regular monitor radiotap either.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:21 +01:00
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:27 +01:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:27 +01:00
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags The RX flags should soon be used only for flags that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:15 +01:00
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:27 +01:00
mac80211: improve rate handling Some code currently assumes that there's a valid rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where it's needed. Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't present in the regular monitor radiotap either.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:21 +01:00
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:27 +01:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_sdata_running Instead of always using netif_running(sdata->dev) use ieee80211_sdata_running(sdata) now which is just an inline containing netif_running() for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:31 +01:00
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:27 +01:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:27 +01:00
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags The RX flags should soon be used only for flags that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:15 +01:00
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:27 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move some code into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers There is some duplicated code that sits in front of each function call to ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() that can very well be part of that function if it gets slightly different arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:26 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: improve rate handling Some code currently assumes that there's a valid rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where it's needed. Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't present in the regular monitor radiotap either.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:21 +01:00
mac80211: remove "dynamic" RX/TX handlers It doesn't really make sense to have extra pointers to the RX/TX handler arrays instead of just using the arrays directly, that also allows us to make them static. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:25 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: remove "dynamic" RX/TX handlers It doesn't really make sense to have extra pointers to the RX/TX handler arrays instead of just using the arrays directly, that also allows us to make them static. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:25 +01:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: move some code into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers There is some duplicated code that sits in front of each function call to ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() that can very well be part of that function if it gets slightly different arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:26 +01:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-08-05 19:34:52 +02:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
net/mac80211/rx.c: fix build error older versions of gcc do not recognize that ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() is unused when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is disabled: net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding': rx.c:(.text+0xd89af): undefined reference to `mpp_path_lookup' rx.c:(.text+0xd89c6): undefined reference to `mpp_path_add' as this code construct: if (ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(&sdata->vif)) CALL_RXH(ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding); still causes ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() to be linked in. Protect these places with an #ifdef. commit b0dee578 ("Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined.") solved part of this problem - this patch is still needed. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-12 23:51:38 -07:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
net/mac80211/rx.c: fix build error older versions of gcc do not recognize that ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() is unused when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is disabled: net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding': rx.c:(.text+0xd89af): undefined reference to `mpp_path_lookup' rx.c:(.text+0xd89c6): undefined reference to `mpp_path_add' as this code construct: if (ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(&sdata->vif)) CALL_RXH(ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding); still causes ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() to be linked in. Protect these places with an #ifdef. commit b0dee578 ("Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined.") solved part of this problem - this patch is still needed. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-12 23:51:38 -07:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-30 15:10:45 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: remove "dynamic" RX/TX handlers It doesn't really make sense to have extra pointers to the RX/TX handler arrays instead of just using the arrays directly, that also allows us to make them static. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-31 19:48:25 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove bssid argument from prepare_for_handlers It's a little confusing to get the BSSID outside the function and pass it in, when it's only needed for this function, so change that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-10 21:25:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: move interface type to vif structure Drivers that support mixed AP/STA operation may well need to know the type of a virtual interface when iterating over them. The easiest way to support that is to move the interface type variable into the vif structure. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
cfg80211: introduce capability for 4addr mode It's very likely that not many devices will support four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211 and check them when userspace tries to use the mode. Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev) and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the 4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-19 11:55:19 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: rework MLME for multiple authentications Sit tight. This shakes up the world as you know it. Let go of your spaghetti tongs, they will no longer be required, the horrible statemachine in net/mac80211/mlme.c is no more... With the cfg80211 SME mac80211 now has much less to keep track of, but, on the other hand, for FT it needs to be able to keep track of at least one authentication being in progress while associated. So convert from a single state machine to having small ones for all the different things we need to do. For real FT it will still need work wrt. PS, but this should be a good step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 03:45:17 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-17 01:29:23 -04:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
mac80211: enable IBSS merging enable IBSS cell merging. if an IBSS beacon with the same channel, same ESSID and a TSF higher than the local TSF (mactime) is received, we have to join its BSSID. while this might not be immediately apparent from reading the 802.11 standard it is compliant and necessary to make IBSS mode functional in many cases. most drivers have a similar behaviour. * move the relevant code section (previously only containing debug code) down to the end of the function, so we can reuse the bss structure. * we have to compare the mactime (TSF at the time of packet receive) rather than the current TSF. since mactime is defined as the time the first data symbol arrived we add the time until byte 24 where the timestamp resides, since this is how the beacon timestamp is defined. as some some drivers are not able to give a reliable mactime we fall back to use the current TSF, which will be enough to catch most (but not all) cases where an IBSS merge is necessary. * in IBSS mode we want to allow beacons to override probe response info so we can correctly do merges. * we don't only configure beacons based on scan results, so change that message. * to enable this we have to let all beacons thru in IBSS mode, even if they have a different BSSID. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-18 11:21:36 +09:00
mac80211: eliminate IBSS warning in rate_lowest_index() In IBSS mode prior to join/creation of new IBSS it is possible that a frame from unknown station is received and an ibss_add_sta() is called. This will cause a warning in rate_lowest_index() since the list of supported rates of our station is not initialized yet. The fix is to add ibss stations with a rate we received that frame at; this single-element set will be extended later based on beacon data. Also there is no need to store stations from a foreign IBSS. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@ksp.sk> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-06-13 16:50:44 +02:00
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-02-15 12:44:28 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-17 01:29:23 -04:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-12 14:38:33 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-12 14:38:33 +02:00
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:20 +01:00
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 13:59:58 +01:00
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-12 14:38:33 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: add mesh interface type This adds the mesh interface type. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:07 +01:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: add mesh interface type This adds the mesh interface type. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:07 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: add mesh interface type This adds the mesh interface type. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-23 15:17:07 +01:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-02 16:30:51 -07:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02:00
[PATCH] mac80211: fix vlan bug VLAN interfaces have yet another bug: they aren't accounted for properly in the receive path in prepare_for_handlers(). I noticed this by code inspection, but it would be easy for the compiler to catch such things if we'd just use the proper enum where appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:43 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-24 13:36:39 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: fix rx flow sparse errors, make functions static This patch adds static declarations to functions in the Rx flow in order to eliminate sparse errors Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-21 12:39:12 +02:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-24 13:36:39 +02:00
[MAC80211]: rx cleanups (1) Make some really indented code more readable by outdenting. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: allow drivers to indicate failed FCS/PLCP checksum This patch allows drivers to indicate bad FCS/PLCP CRC to the stack and have the stack drop packets like that except for monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-17 01:29:22 -04:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: implement basic background scanning Introduce a new scan flag "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL" which basically tells us that we are currently on a different channel for scanning and cannot RX/TX. "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" tells us that we are currently running a software scan but we might as well be on the operating channel to RX/TX. While "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" is set during the whole scan "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL" is set when leaving the operating channel and unset when coming back. Introduce two new scan states "SCAN_LEAVE_OPER_CHANNEL" and "SCAN_ENTER_OPER_CHANNEL" which basically implement the functionality we need to leave the operating channel (send a nullfunc to the AP and stop the queues) and enter it again (send a nullfunc to the AP and start the queues again). Enhance the scan state "SCAN_DECISION" to switch back to the operating channel after each scanned channel. In the future it sould be simple to enhance the decision state to scan as much channels in a row as the qos latency allows us. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-23 13:18:01 +02:00
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-02-25 16:27:43 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
mac80211: dissolve pre-rx handlers These handlers do not really return a status and the compiler can do a much better job when they're simply static functions that it can inline if appropriate. Also makes the code shorter. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-29 17:07:43 +01:00
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-01-07 00:26:10 +01:00
mac80211: dissolve pre-rx handlers These handlers do not really return a status and the compiler can do a much better job when they're simply static functions that it can inline if appropriate. Also makes the code shorter. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-29 17:07:43 +01:00
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
mac80211: push michael MIC report after DA check When we receive a michael MIC failure report from the hardware we currently do not check whether it is actually reported on a frame that is destined to us. It shouldn't be possible to get a michael MIC failure report on other frames, but it also doesn't hurt to verify. Also, since we then don't need the station struct that early, move looking it up a bit later in the RX path. Finally, while at it, a few code cleanups in the area. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 12:00:39 +01:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
mac80211: add ieee80211_sdata_running Instead of always using netif_running(sdata->dev) use ieee80211_sdata_running(sdata) now which is just an inline containing netif_running() for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 13:15:31 +01:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
[MAC80211]: avoid copying packets to interfaces that are down David Woodhouse noticed that under some circumstances the number of slab allocations kept growing. After looking a bit, this seemed to happen when you had a management mode interface that was *down*. The reason for this is that when the device is down, all management frames get queued to the in-kernel MLME (via ieee80211_sta_rx_mgmt) but then the sta work is invoked but doesn't run when the netif is down. When you then bring the interface up, all such frames are freed, but if you change the mode all of them are lost because the skb queue is reinitialised as soon as you go back to managed mode. The skb queue is correctly cleared when the interface is brought down, but the code doesn't account for the fact that it may be filled while it is not up. This patch should fix the issue by simply ignoring all interfaces that are down when going through the RX handlers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-08-28 17:01:52 -04:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-09-26 15:19:39 +02:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
[MAC80211]: rx cleanups (2) Some more outdenting to make the code more readable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
[MAC80211]: rx cleanups (2) Some more outdenting to make the code more readable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: fix sta lookup for received action frames on an AP VLAN When looking for a matching interface, __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet loops over all active interfaces, looking for matching stations. Because AP VLAN interfaces are not processed as part of this loop, it needs to use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in order to find a STA that has been moved to a VLAN. This fixes issues with aggregation setup/teardown. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-31 21:50:12 +01:00
mac80211: fix rx data handling for non-data frames on multiple vifs The loop that passes non-data frames to all relevant vifs inside the __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet keeps a pointer to the previous sdata to avoid having to make unnecessary copies of the frame it's handling. This led to a bug that caused it to apply the ieee80211_rx_data state to the wrong interface, thereby either missing the rx.sta pointer or having it assigned where it shouldn't be. This breaks (among other things) aggregation on some vifs, as action frame exchages are dropped to the cooked monitor interface due to rx->sta being NULL. Fix this by restructuring the loop so that it prepares the rx data just before making the skb copy and calling the rx handlers. Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-22 00:36:39 +01:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:19 +01:00
mac80211: fix rx data handling for non-data frames on multiple vifs The loop that passes non-data frames to all relevant vifs inside the __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet keeps a pointer to the previous sdata to avoid having to make unnecessary copies of the frame it's handling. This led to a bug that caused it to apply the ieee80211_rx_data state to the wrong interface, thereby either missing the rx.sta pointer or having it assigned where it shouldn't be. This breaks (among other things) aggregation on some vifs, as action frame exchages are dropped to the cooked monitor interface due to rx->sta being NULL. Fix this by restructuring the loop so that it prepares the rx data just before making the skb copy and calling the rx handlers. Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-22 00:36:39 +01:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
mac80211: fix rx data handling for non-data frames on multiple vifs The loop that passes non-data frames to all relevant vifs inside the __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet keeps a pointer to the previous sdata to avoid having to make unnecessary copies of the frame it's handling. This led to a bug that caused it to apply the ieee80211_rx_data state to the wrong interface, thereby either missing the rx.sta pointer or having it assigned where it shouldn't be. This breaks (among other things) aggregation on some vifs, as action frame exchages are dropped to the cooked monitor interface due to rx->sta being NULL. Fix this by restructuring the loop so that it prepares the rx data just before making the skb copy and calling the rx handlers. Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-22 00:36:39 +01:00
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:18 +01:00
[MAC80211]: rx cleanups (2) Some more outdenting to make the code more readable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: fix rx data handling for non-data frames on multiple vifs The loop that passes non-data frames to all relevant vifs inside the __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet keeps a pointer to the previous sdata to avoid having to make unnecessary copies of the frame it's handling. This led to a bug that caused it to apply the ieee80211_rx_data state to the wrong interface, thereby either missing the rx.sta pointer or having it assigned where it shouldn't be. This breaks (among other things) aggregation on some vifs, as action frame exchages are dropped to the cooked monitor interface due to rx->sta being NULL. Fix this by restructuring the loop so that it prepares the rx data just before making the skb copy and calling the rx handlers. Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-22 00:36:39 +01:00
mac80211: fix sta lookup for received action frames on an AP VLAN When looking for a matching interface, __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet loops over all active interfaces, looking for matching stations. Because AP VLAN interfaces are not processed as part of this loop, it needs to use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in order to find a STA that has been moved to a VLAN. This fixes issues with aggregation setup/teardown. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-31 21:50:12 +01:00
mac80211: fix rx data handling for non-data frames on multiple vifs The loop that passes non-data frames to all relevant vifs inside the __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet keeps a pointer to the previous sdata to avoid having to make unnecessary copies of the frame it's handling. This led to a bug that caused it to apply the ieee80211_rx_data state to the wrong interface, thereby either missing the rx.sta pointer or having it assigned where it shouldn't be. This breaks (among other things) aggregation on some vifs, as action frame exchages are dropped to the cooked monitor interface due to rx->sta being NULL. Fix this by restructuring the loop so that it prepares the rx data just before making the skb copy and calling the rx handlers. Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-22 00:36:39 +01:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: remove rx/tx_data->fc member Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:14 -07:00
mac80211: improve rate handling Some code currently assumes that there's a valid rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where it's needed. Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't present in the regular monitor radiotap either.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-16 13:58:21 +01:00
mac80211: remove rx/tx_data->fc member Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-07-15 18:44:14 -07:00
[MAC80211]: rx cleanups (1) Make some really indented code more readable by outdenting. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-24 13:36:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove ieee80211_rx namespace hack With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-20 16:34:15 -04:00
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-24 13:36:39 +02:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
mac80211: document ieee80211_rx() context requirement ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx() and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same time. It may be possible to remove this requirement after a careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet processing to process context in mac80211, instead of to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-10-11 15:10:40 +02:00
mac80211: fix RX skb leaks In mac80211's RX path some of the warnings that warn about drivers passing invalid status values leak the skb, fix that by refactoring the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-24 11:46:30 +02:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
mac80211: fix RX skb leaks In mac80211's RX path some of the warnings that warn about drivers passing invalid status values leak the skb, fix that by refactoring the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-24 11:46:30 +02:00
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-01-24 19:38:38 +01:00
mac80211: fix suspend Jan reported that his b43-based laptop hangs during suspend. The problem turned out to be mac80211 asking the driver to stop the hardware before removing interfaces, and interface removal caused b43 to touch the hardware (while down, which causes the hang). This patch fixes mac80211 to do reorder these operations to have them in the correct order -- first remove interfaces and then stop the hardware. Some more code is necessary to be able to do so in a race-free manner, in particular it is necessary to not process frames received during quiescing. Fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13337. Reported-by: Jan Scholz <scholz@fias.uni-frankfurt.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-28 18:10:17 +02:00
mac80211: fix RX skb leaks In mac80211's RX path some of the warnings that warn about drivers passing invalid status values leak the skb, fix that by refactoring the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-24 11:46:30 +02:00
mac80211: fix suspend Jan reported that his b43-based laptop hangs during suspend. The problem turned out to be mac80211 asking the driver to stop the hardware before removing interfaces, and interface removal caused b43 to touch the hardware (while down, which causes the hang). This patch fixes mac80211 to do reorder these operations to have them in the correct order -- first remove interfaces and then stop the hardware. Some more code is necessary to be able to do so in a race-free manner, in particular it is necessary to not process frames received during quiescing. Fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13337. Reported-by: Jan Scholz <scholz@fias.uni-frankfurt.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-28 18:10:17 +02:00
mac80211: remove tasklet enable/disable Due to the way the tasklets work in mac80211 there's no need to ever disable them. However, we need to clear the pending packets when taking down the last interface because otherwise the tx_pending_tasklet might be queued if the driver mucks with the queues (which it shouldn't). I've had a situation occasionally with ar9170 in which ksoftirq was using 100% CPU time because a disabled tasklet was scheduled, and I think that was due to ar9170 receiving a packet while the tasklet was disabled. That's strange and it really should not do that for other reasons, but there's no need to waste that much CPU time over it, it should just warn instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-21 14:44:45 +02:00
mac80211: fix RX skb leaks In mac80211's RX path some of the warnings that warn about drivers passing invalid status values leak the skb, fix that by refactoring the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-24 11:46:30 +02:00
mac80211: remove tasklet enable/disable Due to the way the tasklets work in mac80211 there's no need to ever disable them. However, we need to clear the pending packets when taking down the last interface because otherwise the tx_pending_tasklet might be queued if the driver mucks with the queues (which it shouldn't). I've had a situation occasionally with ar9170 in which ksoftirq was using 100% CPU time because a disabled tasklet was scheduled, and I think that was due to ar9170 receiving a packet while the tasklet was disabled. That's strange and it really should not do that for other reasons, but there's no need to waste that much CPU time over it, it should just warn instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-21 14:44:45 +02:00
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-12 14:38:33 +02:00
mac80211: fix max HT rate processing on mac80211 The max MCS index is 76, fix the higher check to allow through frames received at MCS 76. This is a non-issue for current drivers as MCS 76 is only possible with a device supporting 4 spatial streams. While at it change the WARN_ON() on invalid HT rates to a WARN() to provide more useful information. This will help debug issues when the driver is passing up a bogus HT rate value. The rate must map to a valid MCS index which can be any of the values in the set [0 - 76] (inclusive). Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-09 16:03:22 -05:00
mac80211: fix RX skb leaks In mac80211's RX path some of the warnings that warn about drivers passing invalid status values leak the skb, fix that by refactoring the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-24 11:46:30 +02:00
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-12 14:38:33 +02:00
mac80211: fix RX skb leaks In mac80211's RX path some of the warnings that warn about drivers passing invalid status values leak the skb, fix that by refactoring the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-24 11:46:30 +02:00
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2008-12-12 14:38:33 +02:00
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-24 13:36:39 +02:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-24 13:36:39 +02:00
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 17:46:17 +01:00
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-24 13:36:39 +02:00
mac80211: fix RX skb leaks In mac80211's RX path some of the warnings that warn about drivers passing invalid status values leak the skb, fix that by refactoring the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-24 11:46:30 +02:00
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-12-24 13:36:39 +02:00
mac80211: remove ieee80211_rx namespace hack With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-20 16:34:15 -04:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-17 13:13:00 +02:00
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2007-07-27 15:43:22 +02:00